summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
-rw-r--r--old/7028610.txt3824
-rw-r--r--old/7028610.zipbin0 -> 78002 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/8028610.txt3824
-rw-r--r--old/8028610.zipbin0 -> 78040 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/8028610h.zipbin0 -> 4862255 bytes
5 files changed, 7648 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/7028610.txt b/old/7028610.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1b8037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/7028610.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3824 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. 286,
+by Various
+#2 in our series
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Scientific American Supplement, No. 286
+ June 25, 1881
+
+Author: Various
+
+Release Date: June, 2005 [EBook #8297]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on July 4, 2003]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN NO. 286 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Olaf Voss, Don Kretz, Juliet Sutherland,
+Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT NO. 286
+
+
+
+
+NEW YORK, JUNE 25, 1881
+
+Scientific American Supplement. Vol. XI, No. 286.
+
+Scientific American established 1845
+
+Scientific American Supplement, $5 a year.
+
+Scientific American and Supplement, $7 a year.
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ TABLE OF CONTENTS.
+
+I. ENGINEERING AND MECHANICS.--One Thousand Horse Power Corliss Engine.
+ 5 figures, to scale, illustrating the construction of the new one
+ thousand horse power Corliss engine, by Hitch, Hargreaves & Co.
+
+ Opening of the New Workshop of the Stevens Institute of Technology.
+ Speech of Prof. R.W. Raymond, speech of Mr. Horatio Allen.
+
+ Light Steam Engine for Aeronautical Purposes. Constructed for Capt.
+ Mojoisky, of the Russian Navy.
+
+ Complete Prevention of Incrustation in Boilers. Arrangement for
+ purifying boiler water with lime and carbonate of soda.--The
+ purification of the water.--Examination of the purified
+ water.--Results of water purification.
+
+ Eddystone Lighthouse. Progress of the work.
+
+ Rolling Mill for Making Corrugated Iron. 1 figure. The new mill of
+ Schultz, Knaudt & Co., of Essen, Germany.
+
+ Railway Turntable in the Time of Louis XIV. 1 figure. Pleasure car.
+ Railway and turntable at Mary-le-Roy Chateau, France, in 1714.
+
+ New Signal Wire Compensator. Communication from A. Lyle, describing
+ compensators in use on the Nizam State Railway, East India.
+
+ Tangye's Hydraulic Hoist. 2 figures.
+
+ Power Loom for Delicate Fabrics. 1 figure.
+
+ How Veneering is Made.
+
+II. TECHNOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY.--The Constituent Parts of Leather. The
+ composition of different leathers exhibited at the Paris
+ Exhibition.--Amount of leather produced by different tonnages of 100
+ pounds of hides.--Percentage of tannin absorbed under different
+ methods of tanning.--Amounts of gelatine and tannin in leather of
+ different tonnages, etc.
+
+ Progress in American Pottery.
+
+ Photographic Notes.--Mr. Waruerke's New Discovery.--Method of
+ converting negatives directly into positives.--Experiments of Capt.
+ Bing on the sensitiveness of coal oil--Bitumen plates.--Method of
+ topographic engraving. By Commandant DE LA NOE.--Succinate of Iron
+ Developer.--Method of making friable hydro-cellulose.
+
+ Photo-Tracings in Black and Color.
+
+ Dyeing Reds with Artificial Alizarin. By M. MAURICE PRUD'HOMME.
+
+III. ELECTRICITY, PHYSICAL SCIENCE, ETC.--On Faure's Secondary Battery.
+
+ Physical Science in Our Common Schools.--An exceptionally strong
+ argument for the teaching of physical science by the experimental
+ method in elementary schools, with an outline of the method and the
+ results of such teaching.
+
+ On the Law of Avogadro and Ampere. By E. VOGEL.
+
+IV. GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, ETC.--Petroleum and Coal in Venezuela.
+
+ Geographical Society of the Pacific.
+
+ The Behring's Straits Currents.--Proofs of their existence.
+
+ Experimental Geology.--Artificial production of calcareous pisolites
+ and oolites.--On crystals of anhydrous lime.--4 figures.
+
+V. NATURAL HISTORY, ETC.--Coccidae. By Dr. H. BEHR.--An important paper
+ read before the California Academy of Sciences.--The marvelous
+ fecundity of scale bugs.--Their uses.--Their ravages.--Methods of
+ destroying them.
+
+ Agricultural Items.
+
+ Timber Trees.
+
+ Blood Rains.
+
+VI. MEDICINE AND HYGIENE.--Medical Uses of Figs.
+
+ Topical Medication in Phthisis.
+
+VII. ARCHITECTURE, ETC.--Suggestions in Architecture.--Large
+ illustration.--The New High School for Girls, Oxford, England.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PETROLEUM AND COAL IN VENEZUELA.
+
+
+MR. E. H. PLUMACHER, U. S. Consul at Maracaibo, sends to the State
+Department the following information touching the wealth of coal and
+petroleum probable in Venezuela:
+
+The asphalt mines and petroleum fountains are most abundant in that part
+of the country lying between the River Zulia and the River Catatumbo,
+and the Cordilleras. The wonderful sand-bank is about seven kilometers
+from the confluence of the Rivers Tara and Sardinarte. It is ten meters
+high and thirty meters long. On its surface can be seen several round
+holes, out of which rises the petroleum and water with a noise like that
+made by steam vessels when blowing off steam, and above there ascends a
+column of vapor. There is a dense forest around this sand-bank, and the
+place has been called "El Inferno." Dr. Edward McGregor visited the
+sand-bank, and reported to the Government that by experiment he had
+ascertained that one of the fountains spurted petroleum and water at the
+rate of 240 gallons per hour. Mr. Plumacher says that the petroleum is
+of very good quality, its density being that which the British market
+requires in petroleum imported from the United States. The river, up to
+the junction of the Tara and Sardinarte, is navigable during the entire
+year for flat-bottomed craft of forty or fifty tons.
+
+Mr. Plumacher has been unable to discover that there are any deposits
+of asphalt or petroleum in the upper part of the Department of Colon,
+beyond the Zulia, but he has been told that the valleys of Cucuta and
+the territories of the State of Tachira abound in coal mines. There are
+coal mines near San Antonia, in a ravine called "La Carbonera," and
+these supply coal for the smiths' forges in that place. Coal and asphalt
+are also found in large quantities in the Department of Sucre. Mr.
+Plumacher has seen, while residing in the State of Zulia, but one true
+specimen of "lignite," which was given to him by a rich land-owner,
+who is a Spanish subject. In the section where it was found there are
+several fountains of a peculiar substance. It is a black liquid, of
+little density, strongly impregnated with carbonic acid which it
+transmits to the water which invariably accompanies it. Deposits of this
+substance are found at the foot of the spurs of the Cordilleras, and are
+believed to indicate the presence of great deposits of anthracite.
+
+There are many petroleum wells of inferior quality between Escuque and
+Bettijoque, in the town of Columbia. Laborers gather the petroleum in
+handkerchiefs. After these become saturated, the oil is pressed out by
+wringing. It is burned in the houses of the poor. The people thought, in
+1824, that it was a substance unknown elsewhere, and they called it
+the "oil of Columbia." At that time they hoped to establish a valuable
+industry by working it, and they sent to England, France, and this
+country samples which attracted much attention. But in those days no
+method of refining the crude oil had been discovered, and therefore
+these efforts to introduce petroleum to the world soon failed.
+
+The plains of Ceniza abound in asphalt and petroleum. There is a large
+lake of these substances about twelve kilometers east of St. Timoteo,
+and from it some asphalt is taken to Maracaibo. Many deposits of asphalt
+are found between these plains and the River Mene. The largest is that
+of Cienega de Mene, which is shallow. At the bottom lies a compact
+bed of asphalt, which is not used at present, except for painting
+the bottoms of vessels to keep off the barnacles. There are wells of
+petroleum in the State of Falcon.
+
+Mr. Plumacher says that all the samples of coal submitted to him in
+Venezuela for examination, with the exception of the "lignite" before
+mentioned, were, in his opinion, asphalt in various degrees of
+condensation. The sample which came from Tule he ranks with the coals
+of the best quality. He believes that the innumerable fountains and
+deposits of petroleum, bitumen, and asphalt that are apparent on the
+surface of the region around Lake Maracaibo are proof of the existence
+below of immense deposits of coal. These deposits have not been
+uncovered because the territory remains for the most part as wild as it
+was at the conquest.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ONE THOUSAND HORSE-POWER CORLISS ENGINE.
+
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1.
+
+DIA. OF CYLINDER = 40''
+STROKE = 10 ft.
+REVS = 41
+SCALE OF DIAGRAMS 40 LBS = 1 INCH
+
+FIG. 2.]
+
+We illustrate one of the largest Corliss engines ever constructed. It is
+of the single cylinder, horizontal, condensing type, with one cylinder
+40 inches diameter, and 10 feet stroke, and makes forty-five revolutions
+per minute, corresponding to a piston speed of 900 feet per minute. At
+mid stroke the velocity of the piston is 1,402 feet per minute nearly,
+and its energy in foot pounds amounts to about 8.6 times its weight.
+The cylinder is steam jacketed on the body and ends, and is fitted with
+Corliss valves and Inglis & Spencer's automatic Corliss valve expansion
+gear. Referring to the general drawing of the engine, it will be seen
+that the cylinder is bolted directly to the end of the massive cast iron
+frame, and the piston coupled direct to the crank by the steel piston
+rod and crosshead and the connecting rod. The connecting rod is 28
+feet long center to center, and 12 inches diameter at the middle. The
+crankshaft is made of forged Bolton steel, and is 21 inches diameter at
+the part where the fly-wheel is carried. The fly driving wheel is 35
+feet in diameter, and grooved for twenty-seven ropes, which transmit the
+power direct to the various line shafts in the mill. The rope grooves
+are made on Hick, Hargreaves & Co.'s standard pattern of deep groove,
+and the wheel, which is built up, is constructed on their improved plan
+with separate arms and boss, and twelve segments in the rim with joints
+planed to the true angle by a special machine designed and made by
+themselves. The weight of the fly-wheel is about 60 tons. The condensing
+apparatus is arranged below, so that there is complete drainage from the
+cylinder to the condenser. The air pump, which is 36 inches diameter and
+2 feet 6 inches stroke, is a vertical pump worked by wrought iron
+plate levers and two side links, shown by dotted lines, from the main
+crosshead. The engine is fenced off by neat railing, and a platform with
+access from one side is fitted round the top of the cylinder for getting
+conveniently to the valve spindles and lubricators. The above engraving,
+which is a side elevation of the cylinder, shows the valve gear
+complete. There are two central disk plates worked by separate
+eccentrics, which give separate motion to the steam and exhaust valves.
+The eccentrics are mounted on a small cross shaft, which is driven by a
+line shaft and gear wheels. The piston rod passes out at the back end of
+the cylinder and is carried by a shoe slide and guide bar, as shown more
+fully in the detailed sectional elevation through the cylinder, showing
+also the covers and jackets in section. The cylinder, made in four
+pieces, is built up on Mr. W. Inglis's patent arrangement, with separate
+liner and steam jacket casing and separate end valve chambers. This
+arrangement simplifies the castings and secures good and sound ones. The
+liner has face joints, which are carefully scraped up to bed truly to
+the end valve chambers. The crosshead slides are each 3 feet 3 inches
+long and I foot 3 inches wide. The engine was started last year, and
+has worked beautifully from the first, without heating of bearings or
+trouble of any kind, and it gives most uniform and steady turning. It is
+worked now at forty-one revolutions per minute, or only 820 feet piston
+speed, but will be worked regularly at the intended 900 feet piston
+speed per minute when the spinning machinery is adapted for the increase
+which the four extra revolutions per minute of the engine will give; the
+load driven is over 1,000 horsepower, the steam pressure being 50 lb.
+to 55 lb., which, however, will be increased when the existing boilers,
+which are old, come to be replaced by new. Indicator diagrams from the
+engines are given on page 309. The engine is very economical in steam
+consumption, but no special trials or tests have been made with it. An
+exactly similar engine, but of smaller size, with a cylinder 30 inches
+diameter and 8 feet stroke, working at forty-five revolutions per
+minute, made by Messrs. Hick, Hargreaves & Co. for Sir Titus Salt,
+Sons & Co.'s mill at Saltaire, was tested about two years ago by Mr.
+Fletcher, chief engineer of the Manchester Steam Users' Association, and
+the results which are given below pretty fairly represent the results
+obtained from this class of engine. Messrs. Hick, Hargreaves & Co. are
+now constructing a single engine of the same type for 1,800 indicated
+horse-power for a cotton mill at Bolton; and they have an order for a
+pair of horizontal compound Corliss engines intended to indicate 3,000
+horse-power. These engines will be the largest cotton mill engines in
+the world.--_The Engineer_.
+
+[Illustration: 1000 HORSE POWER CORLISS ENGINE.--BY HICK. HARGREAVES &
+CO.]
+
+_Result of Trials with Saltaire Horizontal Engine on February 14th and
+15th, 1878. Trials made by Mr. L.E. Fletcher, Chief Engineer Steam
+Users' Association, Manchester._
+
+Engine single-cylinder, with Corliss valves. Inglis and Spencer's valve
+gear. Diameter of cylinder. 30in.; stroke, 8ft.; 45 revolutions per
+minute.
+
+No. of trials
+Total 1.H.P.
+[MB] Mean boiler pressure.
+[MP] Mean pressure on piston at beginning of stroke.
+[ML] Mean loss between boiler pressure and cylinder.
+[MA] Mean average pressure on piston.
+[W] Water Per I.H.P. per hour.
+[C] Coal per I.H.P. per hour.
+
+No. of trials Total MB MP ML MA W C
+ I.H.P. lb lb lb lb lb lb
+Trial No. 1. 301.89 46.6 44.11 2.53 21.23 18.373 2.699
+Trial No. 2. 309.66 47.63 44.45 3.18 21.67 17.599 2.561
+Means. 305.775 47.115 44.28 2.855 21.45 17.986 2.630
+
+[Illustration: 1000 HORSE POWER CORLISS ENGINE.--BY HICK, HARGREAVES
+& CO.] [Illustration: 1000 HORSE POWER CORLISS ENGINE.--BY HICK,
+HARGREAVES & CO.]
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+OPENING OF THE NEW WORKSHOP OF THE STEVENS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY.
+
+
+In our SUPPLEMENT No. 283 we gave reports of some of the addresses of
+the distinguished speakers, and we now present the remarks of Prof.
+Raymond and Horatio Allen, Esq.:
+
+
+SPEECH OF PROF. R. W. RAYMOND.
+
+A few years ago, at one of the meetings of our Society of Civil
+Engineers we spent a day or so in discussing the proper mode of
+educating young men so as to fit them for that profession. It is a
+question that is reopened for us as soon as we arrive at the age when
+we begin to consider what career to lay out for our sons. When we were
+young, the only question with parents in the better walks of life was,
+whether their sons should be lawyers, physicians, or ministers. Anything
+less than a professional career was looked upon as a loss of caste, a
+lowering in the social scale. These things have changed, now that we
+engineers are beginning to hold up our heads, as we have every reason to
+do; for the prosperity and well-being of the great nations of the world
+are attributable, perhaps, more to our efforts than to those of any
+other class. When, in the past, the man of letters, the poet, the
+orator, succeeded, by some fit expression, by some winged word, to
+engage the attention of the world concerning some subject he had at
+heart, the highest praise his fellow man could bestow was to cry out
+to him, "Well said, well said!" But now, when, by our achievements,
+commerce and industry are increased to gigantic proportions, when the
+remotest peoples are brought in ever closer communication with us, when
+the progress of the human race has become a mighty torrent, rushing
+onward with ever accelerating speed, we glory in the yet higher praise,
+"Well done, well done!" Under these circumstances, the question how a
+young man is best fitted for our profession has become one of increasing
+importance, and three methods have been proposed for its solution.
+Formerly the only point in debate was whether the candidate should go
+first to the schools and then to the workshop, or first to the shop and
+then to the schools. It was difficult to arrive at any decision; for of
+the many who had risen to eminence as engineers, some had adopted
+one order and some the other. There remained a third course, that of
+combining the school and the shop and of pursuing simultaneously the
+study of theory and the exercise of practical manipulation. Unforeseen
+difficulties arose, however, in the attempt to carry out this, the most
+promising method. The maintenance of the shop proved a heavy expense,
+which it was found could not be lessened by the manufacture of salable
+articles, because the work of students could not compete with that of
+expert mechanics. It would require more time than could be allotted,
+moreover, to convert students into skilled workmen. Various
+modifications of this combination of theory and practice, including more
+or less of the Russian system of instruction in shop-work, have been
+tried in different schools of engineering, but never under so favorable
+conditions as the present. With characteristic caution and good
+judgment, President Morton has studied the operation of the scheme
+of instruction adopted in the Stevens Institute, and, noting its
+deficiencies, has now supplied them with munificent liberality, giving
+to it a completeness that leaves seemingly nothing that could be
+improved upon, even in a prayer or a dream. Still, no one will be more
+ready to admit than he who has done all this, that it is not enough to
+fit up a machine shop, be it never so complete, and light it with an
+electric lamp. The decision as to its efficiency must come from the
+students that are so fortunate as to be admitted to it. If such young
+men, earnest, enthusiastic, with every incentive to exertion and every
+advantage for improvement, here, where they can feel the throbbing of
+the great heart of enterprise, within sight of bridges upon which their
+services will be needed, within hearing of the whistles of a score of
+railroads, and the bells of countless manufactories which will want
+them; if such as these, trained under such instructors and amid such
+surroundings, prove to be not fitted for the positions waiting for them
+to fill, it will have been definitely demonstrated that the perfect
+scheme is yet unknown.
+
+
+SPEECH OF MR. HORATIO ALLEN.
+
+Impressed with the very great step in advance which has been inaugurated
+here this evening, I feel crowding upon me so many thoughts that I
+cannot make sure that, in selecting from them, I may not leave unsaid
+much that I should say, and say some things that I had better omit. Some
+years ago, when asked by a wealthy gentleman to what machine-shop he had
+best send his son, who was to become a mechanical engineer, I advised
+him not to send him to any, but to fit up a shop for him where he could
+go and work at what he pleased without the drudgery of apprenticeship,
+to put him in the way of receiving such information as he needed, and
+especially to let him go where he could see things break. Great, indeed,
+are the advantages of those who have the opportunity of seeing things
+break, of witnessing failures and profiting by them. When men have
+enumerated the achievements of those most eminent in our profession the
+thought has often struck me, "Ah! if we could only see that man's scrap
+heap."
+
+There are many who are able to construct a machine for a given purpose
+so that it will work, but to do this so that it will not cost too much
+is an entirely different problem. To know what to omit is a rare talent.
+I once found a young man who could tell students what to store up in
+their minds for immediate use, and what to skim over or omit; but I
+could not keep him long, for more lucrative positions are always waiting
+for such men.
+
+The advice I gave my wealthy friend was given before the Stevens
+Institute had developed in the direction it has now. The foundation of
+this advice, namely, to combine a certain amount of judicious practice
+with theory, is now in a fair way to be carried out, and although
+things will probably not be permitted to break here, the students will
+doubtless have opportunities for looking around them and supplementing
+their systematic instruction here by observation abroad.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+LIGHT STEAM ENGINE FOR BALLOONS.
+
+
+We here illustrate one of a couple of compound engines designed and
+constructed by Messrs. Ahrbecker, Son & Hamkens, of Stamford Street,
+S.E., for Captain Mojaisky, of the Russian Imperial Navy, who intends
+to use them for aeronautical purposes. The larger of these engines has
+cylinders 33/4 in. and 71/2 in. in diameter and 5 in. stroke, and when
+making 300 revolutions per minute it develops 20 actual horse
+power, while its weight is but 105 lbs. The smaller engine--the one
+illustrated--has cylinders 21/2 in. and 5 in. in diameter, and 31/2 in.
+stroke, and weighs 63 lbs., while when making 450 revolutions it
+develops 10 actual horse power.
+
+The two engines are identical in design, and are constructed of forged
+steel with the exception of the bearings, connecting-rods, crossheads,
+slide valves and pumps, which are of phosphor-bronze. The cylinders,
+with the steam passages, etc., are shaped out of the solid. The
+standards, as will be seen, are of very light T steel, the crankshafts
+and pins are hollow, as are also the crosshead bolts and piston rods.
+The small engine drives a single-acting air pump of the ordinary type by
+a crank, not shown in the drawing. The condenser is formed of a series
+of hollow gratings.
+
+[Illustration: LIGHT STEAM ENGINE FOR AERONAUTICAL PURPOSES]
+
+Steam is supplied to the two engines by one boiler of the Herreshoff
+steam generator type, with certain modifications, introduced by the
+designers, to insure the utmost certainty in working. It is of steel,
+the outside dimensions being 22 in. in diameter, 25 in. high, and weighs
+142 lb. The fuel used is petroleum, and the working pressure 190 lb. per
+square inch.
+
+The constructors consider the power developed by these engines very
+moderate, on account of the low piston speed specified in this
+particular case. In some small and light engines by the same makers
+the piston speed is as high as 1000 ft. per minute. The engines now
+illustrated form an interesting example of special designing, and
+Messrs. Ahrbecker, Son, and Hamkens deserve much credit for the manner
+in which the work has been turned out, the construction of such light
+engines involving many practical difficulties,--_Engineering._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Mount Baker, Washington Territory, has shown slight symptoms of volcanic
+activity for several years. An unmistakable eruption is now in progress.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+COMPLETE PREVENTION OF INCRUSTATION IN BOILERS.
+
+
+The chemical factory, Eisenbuettel, near Braunschweig, distributes the
+following circular: "The principal generators of incrustation in boilers
+are gypsum and the so-called bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium. If
+these can be taken put of the water, before it enters the boiler, the
+formation of incrustation is made impossible; all disturbances and
+troubles, derived from these incrustations, are done away with, and
+besides this, a considerable saving of fuel is possible, as clear iron
+will conduct heat quicker than that which is covered with incrustation."
+
+J. Kolb, according to _Dingler's Polyt. Journal_, says: "A boiler with
+clear sides yielded with 1 kil. coal 7.5 kil. steam, after two months
+only 6.4 kil. steam, or a decrease of 17 per cent. At the same time the
+boiler had suffered by continual working."
+
+Suppose a boiler free from inside crust would yield a saving of only
+5 per cent. in fuel (and this figure is taken very low compared with
+practical experiments) it would be at the same time a saving of 3c. per
+cubic meter water. If the cleaning of one cubic meter water therefore
+costs less than 3c., this alone would be an advantage.
+
+Already, for a long time, efforts have been made to find some means for
+this purpose, and we have reached good results with lime and chloride of
+barium, as well as with magnesia preparations. But these preparations
+have many disadvantages. Corrosion of the boiler-iron and muriatic acid
+gas have been detected. (Accounts of the Magdeburg Association for
+boiler management.)
+
+Chloride of calcium, which is formed by using chloride of barium,
+increases the boiling point considerably, and diminishes the elasticity
+of steam; while the sulphate of soda, resulting from the use of
+carbonate of soda, is completely ineffectual against the boiler iron.
+It increases the boiling point of water less than all other salts, and
+diminishes likewise the elasticity of steam (Wullner).
+
+In using magnesia preparation, the precipitation is only very slowly and
+incompletely effected--one part of the magnesia will be covered by the
+mire and the formed carbonate of magnesia in such a way, that it can no
+more dissolve in water and have any effect (_Dingler's Polyt. Journal_,
+1877-78).
+
+The use of carbonate of soda is also cheaper than all other above
+mentioned substances.
+
+One milligramme equivalent sulphate of lime, in 1 liter, = 68 grammes
+sulphate of lime in 1 cubic meter, requiring for decomposition:
+
+120 gr. (86-88 per cent.) chloride of barium of commerce--at $5.00 =
+0.6c.
+
+Or, 50 gr. magnesia preparation--at $10.00 = 0.5c.
+
+Or, 55 gr. (96-98 per cent.) carbonate of soda--at $7.50 = 0.41c.
+
+The proportions of cost by using chloride of barium, magnesia
+preparation, carbonate of soda, will be 6 : 5 : 4.
+
+
+ARRANGEMENT FOR PURIFYING BOILER-WATER WITH LIME AND CARBONATE OF SODA.
+
+We need for carrying out these manipulations, according to the size
+of the establishment, one or more reservoirs for precipitating the
+impurities of the water, and one pure water reservoir, to take up the
+purified water; from the latter reservoir the boilers are fed. The most
+practical idea would be to arrange the precipitating reservoir in such
+manner that the purified water can flow directly into the feeding
+reservoir.
+
+The water in the precipitating reservoir is heated either by adding
+boiling water or letting in steam up to 60 deg. C. at least. The
+precipitating reservoirs (square iron vessels or horizontal
+cylinders--old boilers) of no more than 4 or 41/2 feet, having a faucet 6
+inches above the bottom, through which the purified water is drawn off,
+and another one at the bottom of the vessel, to let the precipitate off
+and allow of a perfect cleaning. In a factory with six or seven boilers
+of the usual size, making together 400 square meters heating surface,
+two precipitating reservoirs, of ten cubic meters each, and one pure
+water reservoir of ten or fifteen cubic meter capacity, are used.
+
+In twenty-four hours about 240 cubic meters of water are evaporated; we
+have, therefore, to purify twenty-four precipitating reservoirs at ten
+cubic meters each day, or ten cubic meters each hour.
+
+It is profitable to surround the reservoirs with inferior conductors of
+heat, to avoid losses.
+
+The contents of the precipitating reservoirs have to be stirred up very
+well, and for this purpose we can either arrange a mechanical stirrer
+or do it by hand, or the best would be a "Korting steam stirring and
+blowing apparatus." In using the latter we only have to open the valve,
+whereby in a very short time the air driven through the water stirs this
+up and mixes it thoroughly with the precipitating ingredients. In a
+factory where boilers of only 15 to 100 square meters heating surface
+are, one precipitating reservoir of two to ten cubic meters and one pure
+water reservoir of three to ten cubic meters capacity are required. For
+locomobiles, two wooden tubs or barrels are sufficient.
+
+
+THE PURIFICATION OF THE WATER.
+
+After the required quantity of lime and carbonate of soda which is
+necessary for a total precipitation has been figured out from the
+analysis of the water, respectively verified by practical experiments
+in the laboratory, the heated water in the reservoir is mixed with the
+lime, in form of thin milk of lime, and stirred up; we have to add so
+much lime, that slightly reddened litmus paper gives, after 1/4 minute's
+contact with this mixture, an alkaline reaction, i.e., turns blue; now
+the solution of carbonate of soda is added and again stirred well.
+
+After twenty or thirty minutes (the hotter the water, the quicker the
+precipitation) the precipitate has settled in large flocks at the
+bottom, and the clear water is drawn off into the pure water reservoir.
+The precipitating and settling of the impurities can also take place in
+cold water; it will require, however, a pretty long time.
+
+In order to avoid the weighing and slaking of the lime, which is
+necessary for each precipitation, we use an open barrel, in which a
+known quantity of slaked lime is mixed with three and a half or four
+times its weight of water, and then diluted to a thin paste, so that one
+kilogramme slaked lime is diluted to twenty-five liters milk of lime.
+
+Example.--If we use for ten cubic meters water, one kilogramme lime,
+or in one day (in twenty-four hours), 240 cubic meters 24 kg. lime, a
+vessel four or five feet high and about 700 liters capacity, in which
+daily 24 kg. lime with about 100 liters water are slaked and then
+diluted to the mark 600, constantly stirring, 25 liters of this mixture
+contain exactly 1 kg. slaked lime.
+
+Before using, this milk of lime has to be stirred up and allowed to
+settle for a few seconds; and then we draw off the required quantity of
+milk of lime (in our case 25 liters) through a faucet about 8 inches
+above the bottom, or we can dip it off with a pail. For the first
+precipitate we always need the exact amount of milk of lime, which we
+have figured out, or rather some more, but for the next precipitates we
+do not want the whole quantity, but always less, as that part of the
+lime, which does not settle with the precipitate, will be good for use
+in further precipitations. It is therefore important to control the
+addition of milk of lime by the use of litmus paper. If we do not add
+enough lime, it prevents the formation of the flocky precipitate, and,
+besides, more carbonate of soda is used. By adding too much lime, we
+also use more carbonate of soda in order to precipitate the excess of
+lime. We can therefore add so much lime, that there is only a very small
+excess of hydrous lime in the water, and that after well stirring, a red
+litmus paper being placed in the water for twenty seconds, appears only
+slightly blue. After a short time of practice, an attentive person can
+always get the exact amount of lime which ought to be added. On adding
+the milk of lime, we have to dissolve the required amount of pure
+carbonate of soda in an iron kettle, in about six or eight parts hot
+water with the assistance of steam; add this to the other liquid in the
+precipitating reservoirs and stir up well. The water will get clear
+after twenty-five or thirty minutes, and is then drawn off into the pure
+water reservoir.
+
+
+EXAMINATION OF WATER WHICH HAS BEEN PURIFIED BY MEANS OF MILK OF LIME
+AND CARBONATE OF SODA.
+
+In order to be convinced that the purification of the water has been
+properly conducted, we try the water in the following manner. Take a
+sample of the purified water into a small tumbler, and add a few
+drops of a solution of oxalate of ammonia; this addition must neither
+immediately nor after some minutes cause a milky appearance of the
+water, but remain bright and clear. A white precipitate would indicate
+that not enough carbonate of soda had been added. A new sample is taken
+of the purified water and a solution of chloride of calcium added; a
+milky appearance, especially after heating, would show that too much
+carbonate of soda had been added.
+
+
+RESULTS OF THIS WATER PURIFICATION.
+
+1. The boilers do not need to be cleaned during a whole season, as they
+remain entirely free from incrustation; it is only required to avoid a
+collection of soluble salts in the boiler, and therefore it is partly
+drawn off twice a week.
+
+2. The iron is not touched by this purified water. The water does not
+froth and does not stop up valves. The fillings in the joints of pipes,
+etc., do not suffer so much, and therefore keep longer.
+
+3. The steam is entirely free from sour gases.
+
+4. The production of steam is easier and better.
+
+5. A considerable saving of fuel can soon be perceived.
+
+6. The cost of cleaning boilers from incrustation, and loss of time
+caused by cleaning, is entirely done with. Old incrustations, which
+could not be cleaned out before, get decomposed and break off in soft
+pieces.
+
+7. The cost of this purification is covered sufficiently by the above
+advantages, and besides this, the method is cheaper and surer than any
+other.
+
+The chemical factory, Eisenbuettel, furnishes pure carbonate of soda in
+single packages, which exactly correspond with the quantity, stated by
+the analysis, of ten cubic meters of a certain water. The determination
+of the quantities of lime and carbonate of soda necessary for a certain
+kind of water, after sending in a sample, will be done without extra
+charge.--_Neue Zeitung fur Ruebenzucker Industrie_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+EDDYSTONE LIGHTHOUSE.
+
+
+The exterior work on the new Eddystone Lighthouse is about two thirds
+done. In the latter part of April fifty-three courses of granite
+masonry, rising to the height of seventy feet above high water, had been
+laid, and thirty-six courses remained to be set. The old lighthouse had
+been already overtopped. As the work advances toward completion the
+question arises: What shall be done with John Smeaton's famous tower,
+which has done such admirable service for 120 years? One proposition is
+to take it down to the level of the top of the solid portion, and
+leave the rest as a perpetual memorial of the great work which Smeaton
+accomplished in the face of obstacles vastly greater than those which
+confront the modern architect. The London _News_ says: "Were Smeaton's
+beautiful tower to be literally consigned to the waves, we should regard
+the act as a national calamity, not to say scandal; and, if public funds
+are not available for its conservation, we trust that private zeal and
+munificence may be relied on to save from destruction so interesting
+a relic. It certainly could not cost much to convey the building in
+sections to the mainland, and there, on some suitable spot, to re-erect
+it as a national tribute to the genius of its great architect." When
+the present lighthouse was built one of the chief difficulties was in
+getting the building materials to the spot. They were conveyed from
+Millbay in small sailing vessels, which often beat about for days before
+they could effect a landing at the Eddystone rocks, so that each arrival
+called out the special gratitude of Smeaton.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ROLLING-MILL FOR MAKING CORRUGATED IRON.
+
+
+MESSRS. SCHULZ, KNAUDT & Co., of Essen, who are making an application
+of corrugated iron in the construction of the interior flues of steam
+boilers, have devised a new mill for the manufacture of this form of
+iron plates, and which is represented in the accompanying cut, taken
+from the _Deutsche Industrie Zeitung_. The supports of the two accessory
+cylinders, F F, rest on two slides, G G, which move along the oblique
+guides, H H. As a consequence of this arrangement, when the cylinders, F
+F, are caused to approach the cylinder, D, both are raised at the same
+instant.
+
+When the cylinders, F, occupy the position represented in the engraving
+by unbroken lines, the flat plate, O, is simply submitted to pressure
+between the cylinders, D and P, the cylinders, F F, then merely acting
+as guides. But when, while the plate is being thus flattened between the
+principal cylinders, the accessory cylinders are caused to rise, the
+plate is curved as shown by the dotted lines, O' O'. To obtain a
+uniformity in the position of the two cylinders, F F, the following
+mechanism is employed: Each cylinder has an axle, to which is affixed a
+crank, Q, connected by means of a rod, R, with the slide, G. These axles
+are also provided with toothed sectors, L L, which gear with two screws,
+L L, whose threads run in opposite directions. These screws are mounted
+on a shaft, N, which may be revolved by any suitable arrangement.
+
+[Illustration: ROLLING MILL FOR MAKING CORRUGATED IRON]
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+RAILWAY TURN-TABLE IN THE TIME OF LOUIS XIV.
+
+
+The small engraving which we reproduce herewith from _La Nature_ is
+deposited at the Archives at Paris. It is catalogued in the documents
+relating to Old Marly, 1714, under number 11,339, Vol. 1. The design
+represents a diversion called the _Jeu de la Roulette_ which was
+indulged in by the royal family at the sumptuous and magnificent chateau
+of Mary-le-Roi.
+
+[Illustration: PLEASURE CAR; RAILWAY AND TURN-TABLE OF THE TIME OF LOUIS
+XIV.]
+
+According to Alex. Guillaumot the apparatus consisted of a sort of
+railway on which the car was moved by manual labor. In the car, which
+was decorated with the royal colors, are seen seated the ladies and
+children of the king's household, while the king himself stands in the
+rear and seems to be directing operations. The remarkable peculiarity to
+which we would direct the attention of the reader is that this document
+shows that the car ran on rails very nearly like those used on the
+railways of the present time, and that a turn-table served for changing
+the direction to a right angle in order to place the car under the
+shelter of a small building. The picture which we reproduce, and the
+authenticity of which is certain, proves then that in the time of
+Louis XIV. our present railway turn-tables had been thought of and
+constructed--which is a historic fact worthy of being noted. It is well
+known that the use of railways in mines is of very ancient date, but we
+do not believe that there are on record any documents as precise as that
+of the _Jeu de la Roulette_ as to the existence of turn-tables in former
+ages.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+NEW SIGNAL WIRE COMPENSATOR.
+
+
+_To the Editor of the Scientific American_:
+
+I send you a plate of my new railway signal wire compensator. Here
+in India signal wires give more trouble, perhaps, than in America or
+elsewhere, by expansion and contraction. What makes the difficulty more
+here is the ignorance and indolence of the point and signalmen, who
+are all natives. There have been numerous collisions, owing to signals
+falling off by contraction. Many devices and systems have been tried,
+but none have given the desired result. You will observe the signal wire
+marked D is entirely separated and independent of the wire, E, leading
+to lever. On the Great Indian and Peninsula Railway I work one of these
+compensators, 1,160 yards from signal, which stands on a summit the
+grade of which is 1 in 150; and on the Nizam State Railway I have one
+working on a signal 800 yards. This signal had previously given so much
+trouble that it was decided to do away with it altogether. It stands on
+top of a high cutting and on a 1,600 foot curve.
+
+[Illustration: Railway Signal Wire Comensator]
+
+I have noted on the compensator fixed at 1,160 yards, 131/4 inches
+contraction and expansion. The compensator is very simple and not at all
+likely to get out of order. On new wire, when I fix my compensator, I
+usually have an adjusting screw on the lead to lever. This I remove
+when the wire has been stretched to its full tension. I have everything
+removed from lever, so there can be no meddling or altering. When
+once the wire is stretched so that no slack remains between lever and
+trigger, no further adjustment is necessary.
+
+A. LYLE,
+
+Chief Maintenance Inspector, Permanent Way,
+
+H.H. Nizam State Railway, E. India.
+
+Secunderabad, India, 1881.
+
+
+
+
+TANGYE'S HYDRAULIC HOIST.
+
+
+[Illustration: TANGYE'S HYDRAULIC HOIST.]
+
+The great merits of hydraulic hoists generally as regards safety and
+readiness of control are too well known to need pointing out here.
+We may, therefore, at once proceed to introduce to our readers the
+apparatus of this class illustrated in the above engravings. This is
+a hoist (Cherry's patent) manufactured by Messrs. Tangye Brothers, of
+London and Birmingham, and which experience has proved to be a most
+useful adjunct in warehouses, railway stations, hotels, and the like.
+Fig. 1 of our engraving shows a perspective view of the hoist, Fig. 2
+being a longitudinal section. It will be seen that this apparatus is of
+very simple construction, the motion of the piston being transmitted
+directly to the winding-drum shaft by means of a flexible steel rack.
+Referring to Fig. 2, F is a piston working in the cylinder, G; E is
+the flexible steel rack connected to the piston, F, and gearing with a
+toothed wheel, B, which is inclosed in a watertight casing having cover,
+D, for convenient access. The wheel, B, is keyed on a steel shaft, C,
+which passes through stuffing-boxes in the casing, and has the winding
+barrel, A, keyed on it outside the casing. H is a rectangular tube,
+which guides the free end of the flexible steel rack, E. The hoist is
+fitted with a stopping and starting valve, by means of which water
+under pressure from any convenient source of supply may be admitted or
+exhausted from the cylinder. The action in lifting is as follows: The
+water pressure forces the piston toward the end of the cylinder. The
+piston, by means of the flexible steel rack, causes the toothed wheel
+to revolve. The winding barrel, being keyed on the same shaft as the
+toothed wheel, also revolves, and winds up the weight by means of the
+lifting chain. Two special advantages are obtained by this simple method
+of construction. In the first place, twice the length of stroke can be
+obtained in the same space as compared with the older types of hydraulic
+hoist; and, from the directness of the action, the friction is reduced
+to a minimum. This simple method of construction renders the hoist very
+compact and easily fixed; and, from the directness with which the power
+is conveyed from the piston to the winding drum, and the frictionless
+nature of the mechanism, a smaller piston suffices than in the ordinary
+hydraulic hoists, and a smaller quantity of water is required to work
+them.--_Iron_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+POWER LOOM FOR DELICATE FABRICS.
+
+
+The force with which the shuttle is thrown in an ordinary power
+loom moving with a certain speed is always considerable, and, as a
+consequence of the strain exerted on the thread, it is frequently
+necessary to use a woof stronger than is desirable, in order that it may
+have sufficient resistance. On another hand, when the woof must be very
+fine and delicate the fabric is often advantageously woven on a hand
+loom. In order to facilitate the manufacture of like tissues on the
+power loom the celebrated Swiss manufacturer, Hanneger, has invented an
+apparatus in which the shuttle is not thrown, but passed from one side
+to the other by means of hooks, by a process analogous to weaving silk
+by hand. A loom built on this principle was shown at work weaving silk
+at the Paris Exhibition of 1878. This apparatus, represented in
+the annexed figure, contains some arrangements which are new and
+interesting. On each side of the woof in the heddle there is a carrier,
+B. These carriers are provided with hooks, A A', having appendages,
+_a a'_, which are fitted in the shuttle, O. The latter is of peculiar
+construction. The upper ends of the hooks have fingers, _d d'_, which
+holds the shuttle in position as long as the action of the springs, _e
+e'_, continues. The distance that the shuttle has to travel includes the
+breadth of the heddle, the length of the shuttle, and about four inches
+in addition. The motion of the two carriers, which approach each other
+and recede simultaneously, is effected by the levers, C, D, E, and C',
+D', E'. The levers, E, E', are actuated by a piece, F, which receives
+its motion from the main shaft, H, through the intervention of a
+crank and a connecting rod, G, and makes a little more than a quarter
+revolution. The levers, E, E', are articulated in such a way that
+the motion transmitted by them is slackened toward the outer end and
+quickened toward the middle of the loom. While the carriers, B B', are
+receiving their alternate backward and forward motion, the shaft, I
+(which revolves only half as fast as the main shaft), causes a lever, F
+F', to swing, through the aid of a crank, J, and rod, K. Upon the two
+carriers, B B', are firmly attached two hooks, M M', which move with
+them. When the hook, M, approaches the extremity of the lever, F, the
+latter raises it, pushes against the spring, E, and sets free the
+shuttle, which, at the same moment, meets the opposite hook, _a'_, and,
+being caught by it, is carried over to the other side. The same thing
+happens when the carrier, B', is on its return travel, and the hook, M',
+mounts the lever, F', which is then raised.
+
+[Illustration: POWER LOOM FOR DELICATE FABRICS.]
+
+As will be seen from this description, the woof does not undergo the
+least strain, and may be drawn very gently from the shuttle. Neither
+does this latter exert any friction on the chain, since it does not move
+on it as in ordinary looms. In this apparatus, therefore, there may be
+employed for the chain very delicate threads, which, in other looms,
+would be injured by the shuttle passing over them. Looms constructed on
+this plan have for some time been in very successful use in Switzerland.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+HOW VENEERING IS MADE.
+
+
+The process of manufacture is very interesting. The logs are delivered
+in the mill yard in any suitable lengths as for ordinary lumber. A steam
+drag saw cuts them into such lengths as may be required by the order
+in hand; those being cut at the time of our visit were four feet long.
+After cutting, the logs are placed in a large steam box, 15 feet wide,
+22 feet long, and six feet high, built separate from the main building.
+This box is divided into two compartments. When one is filled entirely
+full, the doors are closed, and the steam, supplied by the engine in the
+main building, is turned on. The logs remain in this box from three to
+four hours, when they are ready for use. This steaming not only removes
+the bark, but moistens and softens the entire log. From the steam box
+the log goes to the veneer lathe. It is here raised, grasped at each end
+by the lathe centers, and firmly held in position, beginning to slowly
+revolve. Every turn brings it in contact with the knife, which is gauged
+to a required thickness. As the log revolves the inequalities of its
+surface of course first come in contact with the keen-edged knife, and
+disappear in the shape of waste veneer, which is passed to the engine
+room to be used as fuel. Soon, however, the unevenness of the log
+disappears, and the now perfect veneer comes from beneath the knife in
+a continuous sheet, and is received and passed on to the cutting table.
+This continues until the log is reduced to about a seven inch core,
+which is useless for the purpose. The veneer as it comes rolling off the
+log presents all the diversity of colors and the beautiful grain and
+rich marking that have perhaps for centuries been growing to perfection
+in the silent depths of our great forests.
+
+From the lathe, the veneer is passed to the cutting table, where it is
+cut to lengths and widths as desired. It is then conveyed to the second
+story, where it is placed in large dry rooms, air tight, except as the
+air reaches them through the proper channels. The veneer is here placed
+in crates, each piece separate and standing on edge. The hot air is then
+turned on. This comes from the sheet iron furnace attached to the boiler
+in the engine room below, and is conveyed through large pipes regulated
+by dampers for putting on or taking off the heat. There is also a blower
+attached which keeps the hot air in the dry rooms in constant motion,
+the air as it cools passing off through an escape pipe in the roof,
+while the freshly heated air takes its place from below. These rooms
+are also provided with a net-work of hot air pipes near the floor. The
+temperature is kept at about 165 deg., and so rapid is the drying process
+that in the short space of four hours the green log from the steam box
+is shaved, cut, dried, packed, and ready for shipment.
+
+After leaving the dry rooms it is assorted, counted, and put up in
+packages of one hundred each, and tied with cords like lath, when it is
+ready for shipment. Bird's-eye maple veneer is much more valuable and
+requires more care than almost any other, and this is packed in cases
+instead of tied in bundles. The drying process is usually a slow one,
+and conducted in open sheds simply exposed to the air. Mr. Densmore's
+invention will revolutionize this process, and already gives his mill a
+most decided advantage.
+
+The mill will cut about 30,000 feet of veneer in a day, and this cut can
+be increased to 40,000 if necessary. Mr. Densmore has already received
+several large orders, and the rapidly increasing demand for this
+material is likely to give the mill all the work it can do. The timber
+used is principally curled and bird's-eye maple, beech, birch, cherry,
+ash, and oak. These all grow in abundance in this vicinity, and the
+beautifully marked and grained timber of our forests will find fitting
+places in the ornamental uses these veneers will be put to.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+THE CONSTITUENT PARTS OF LEATHER.
+
+
+The constituent parts of leather seem to be but little understood. The
+opinions of those engaged in the manufacture of leather differ widely on
+this question.
+
+Some think that tannin assimilates itself with the hide and becomes
+fixed there by reason of a special affinity. Others regard the hide as
+a chemical combination of gelatine and tannin. We know that the hide
+contains some matters which are not ineradicable, but only need a slight
+washing to detach them.
+
+We deem it advisable, in order to examine the hide properly so-called,
+to dispense with those eradicable substances which may be regarded, to
+some extent, as not germain to it, and confine our attention to the raw
+stock, freed from these imperfections.
+
+It is well known that a large number of vegetable substances are
+employed as tanning agents. Our researches have been directed to leather
+tanned by means of the most important of these agents.
+
+Many questions present themselves in the course of such an examination.
+Among others, that most important one, from a practical point of view,
+of the weight the tanning agent gives to the hide, that is to say, the
+result in leather of weight given to the raw material. The degree of
+tannage is also to be considered; the length of time during which the
+tanning agent is to be left with the hide; in short, the influence upon
+the leather of the substances used in its production. That is why we
+have made the completest possible analysis of different leathers.
+
+Besides ordinary oak bark there are used at present very different
+substances, such as laurel, chestnut, hemlock, quebracho and pine bark,
+sumac, etc.
+
+Water is an element that exists in all hides, and it is necessary to
+take it into consideration in the analysis. It is present in perceptible
+quantity even in dry hides. This water cannot be entirely eradicated
+without injuring the leather, which will lose in suppleness and
+appearance. Water should then be considered as one of the elements of
+leather, but it must be understood that if it exceeds certain limits,
+say 12 to 14 per cent., it becomes useless and even injurious. Moreover,
+if there is any excess over the normal quantity, it becomes deceptive
+and dishonest, as in such a case one sells for hides that which is
+nothing but water. Supposing that a hide, instead of only 14 per cent.,
+contained 18 per cent. of water, it is evident that in buying 100 pounds
+of such a hide one would pay for four pounds of water at the rate for
+which he purchased the hide.
+
+There are, also, some matters soluble in air, which are formed to a
+large extent from fat arising as much from the hide as from tanning
+substances. The air dissolves at the same time a certain amount of
+organic acid and resinous products which the hide has absorbed. After
+treating with air, alcohol is used, which dissolves principally the
+coloring matters, tannin which has not become assimilated, bodies
+analogous to resin, and some extractive substances.
+
+That which remains after these methods have been pursued ought to be
+regarded as the hide proper, that is to say, as the animal tissue
+saturated with tannic acid. In this remainder one is able to estimate
+with close precision that which belongs to the hide. The hide being an
+elementary tissue of unchangeable form, it is easy, in determining the
+elementary portion, to find the amount of real hide remaining in the
+product. With these elements one can arrive at a solution of some of the
+questions we are discussing.
+
+We give below, according to this method, a table showing the composition
+of the different leathers exhibited at the Paris Exposition of 1878.
+They are the results of careful research, and we have based our work
+upon them:
+
+ Matter Soluble Fixed
+ in Air Tannin
+ | |
+ | Matter Solu- |
+ | ble in Alcohol |
+ | | |
+ Moisture | | Gelatine |
+ --+-- --+-- --+-- --+-- --+--
+Steer hide, hemlock tanned (heavy leather) 10.95 4.15 19.77 39.1 26.03
+Sheepskins, sumac " (Hungarian) 10.8 10.3 12.1 40.3 26.5
+Finished calf, pine bark tanned (Hungarian) 11.2 1.7 7.4 41.6 38.1
+Steer hide, quebracho tanned (heavy leather) 11.7 1.6 11.2 43.1 32.4
+ " " chestnut " " " 13.5 0.29 1.99 45.46 38.76
+Finished calfskins,
+ oak tanned (Chateau Renault) 12.4 0.33 3.59 46.74 36.94
+Steer hide, laurel tanned (heavy leather) 12.4 1.05 7.95 47.47 31.13
+ " " oak tanned after three years in
+ the vats (heavy leather) 11.45 0.37 3.31 49.85 35.02
+
+The following table shows the amount of leather produced by different
+tannages of 100 pounds of hides:
+
+ Pounds.
+Hemlock 255.7
+Sumac 248.1
+Pine 240.3
+Quebracho 232
+Chestnut 219.9
+Oak 213.9
+Laurel 210.6
+Oak, lasting three years 206
+
+It is important to mention here the large proportion of resinous matter
+hemlock-tanned leather contains. This resin is a very beautiful red
+substance, which communicates its peculiar color to the leather.
+
+We should mention here that in these calculations we assume that the
+hide is in a perfectly dry state, water being a changeable element which
+does not allow one to arrive at a precise result.
+
+These figures show the enormous differences resulting from diverse
+methods of tanning. Hemlock, which threatens to flood the markets of
+Europe, distinguishes itself above all. The high results attributable to
+the large proportion of resin that the hide assimilates, explain in part
+the lowness of its price, which renders it so formidable a competitor.
+One is also surprised at the large return from sumac-tanned hides when
+it is remembered in how short a time the tanning was accomplished,
+which, in the present case, only occupied half an hour.
+
+The figures show us that the greatest return is obtained by means of
+those tanning substances which are richest in resin. In short, hemlock,
+sumac, and pine, which give the greatest return, are those containing
+the largest amount of resin. Thus, hemlock bark gives 10.58 per cent.
+of it, and sumac leaves 22.7 per cent., besides the tannin which they
+contain. We know also that pine bark is very rich in resin. There is,
+then, advantage to the tanner, so far as the question of result is
+concerned, in using these materials. There is, however, another side to
+the question, as the leather thus surcharged with resin is of inferior
+quality, generally has a lower commercial value, and is often of a color
+but little esteemed.
+
+The percentage of tannin absorbed by the different methods of tannages
+appears in the following table:
+
+Hemlock 64.2
+Sumac 61.4
+Pine 90.8
+Quebracho 75.3
+Chestnut 85.2
+Oak 76.9
+Laurel 64.8
+Oak, three years in the vat 70.2
+
+The subjoined is a statement of the gelatine and tannin in leather of
+different tannages, and also shows the amount of azote or elementary
+matter contained in each:
+
+ Gelatine. Tannin. Azote.
+Hemlock 60.4 39.6 10.88
+Sumac 60.4 39.6 11
+Pine bark 52.5 47.5 9.56
+Quebracho 57.1 42.9 10.4
+Chestnut 53.97 46.03 9.79
+Oak 55.87 44.13 10.24
+Laurel 60.4 39.6 10.94
+Oak, 3 years in vat 58.75 41.25 10.65
+
+It is not pretended that these figures are absolutely correct, as they
+often vary in certain limits even for similar products. They form,
+however, a fair basis of calculation.
+
+As to whether leather is a veritable combination, it seems to us that
+this question should be answered affirmatively. In fact, the resistance
+of leather properly so-called to neutral dissolvents, argues in favor of
+this opinion.
+
+Furthermore, the perceptible proportion of tannin remaining absorbed by
+a like amount of hide is another powerful argument. It remains for us to
+say here that the differences observable in the quantity of fixed tannin
+ought to arise chiefly from the different natures of these tannins,
+which have properties differing as do those of one plant from another,
+and which really have but one property in common, that of assimilating
+themselves with animal tissues and rendering them imputrescible.
+
+In conclusion, these researches determine the functions of resinous
+matters which frequently accompany tannin; they show a very simple
+method for estimating the results of one's work, as well as the degree
+of tannage.--_Muntz & Schoen, in La Halle aux Cuirs_.--_Shoe & Leather
+Reporter_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+NEW HIGH SCHOOL FOR GIRLS, OXFORD.
+
+
+The new High School for Girls at Oxford, built by Mr. T.G. Jackson, for
+the Girls' Public Day School Company, Limited, was opened September 23,
+1880, when the school was transferred from the temporary premises it had
+occupied in St. Giles's. The new building stands in St. Giles's road,
+East, to the north of Oxford, on land leased from University College,
+and contains accommodation for about 270 pupils in 11 class-rooms, some
+of which communicate by sliding doors, besides a residence for the
+mistress, an office and waiting-room, a room for the teachers, cloak
+rooms, kitchens, and other necessary offices, and a large hall, 50 ft.
+by 30 ft., for the general assembling of the school together and for use
+on speech-days and other public occasions. The principal front faces St.
+Giles's road, and is shown in the accompanying illustration. The great
+hall occupies the whole of the upper story of the front building, with
+the office and cloak-rooms below it, and the principal entrance in the
+center. The class-rooms are all placed in the rear of the building, to
+secure quiet, and open on each floor into a corridor surrounding the
+main staircase which occupies the center of the building. The walls
+are built of Headington stone in rubble work, with dressings of brick,
+between which the walling is plastered, and the front is enriched with
+cornices and pilasters, and a hood over the entrance door, all of terra
+cotta. The hinder part of the building is kept studiously simple and
+plain on account of expense. Behind the school is a large playground,
+which is provided with an asphalt tennis-court, and is picturesquely
+shaded with apple-trees, the survivors of an old orchard. The builders
+were Messrs. Symm & Co., of Oxford; and the terra cotta was made by
+Messrs. Doulton, of Lambeth. Mr. E. Long was clerk of works.--_Building
+News_.
+
+[Illustration: SUGGESTIONS IN ARCHITECTURE--NEW HIGH SCHOOL, OXFORD]
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PROGRESS IN AMERICAN POTTERY.
+
+
+No advance in any industry has been more sure than in that of pottery
+and chinaware, under the American tariff, or more rapid in the past
+four or five years. It took Europe three centuries and the jealous
+precautions of royal pottery proprietors to build up the great
+protectorates that made their distinctive trade-marks of such value.
+The earlier lusters of the Italian faience were guild privacies
+or individual secrets, as was almost all the craft of the earlier
+art-worker. Royal patronage in England was equivalent to a protective
+tariff for Josiah Wedgwood; and everywhere the importance of guarding
+the china nurseries has been understood. We have in this country
+broadcast and in abundance every type of material needed for the
+finest china ware, and for the finer glasses and enamels. The royal
+manufactories in Europe were hard put to it sometimes for want of
+discovering kaolin beds in their dominions, but the resources of the
+United States in these particulars needed something more than to be
+brought to light. The manipulation and washing of the clays to render
+them immediately useful to the potteries depends entirely upon the
+reliance of these establishments upon home materials. The Missouri
+potteries have their supplies near home, but these supplies must be put
+upon the market for other cities in condition to compete with the clays
+of Europe. There are fine kaolin beds in Chester and Delaware counties
+in this State; there are clay beds in New Jersey, and the recent needs
+of Ohio potteries have uncovered fine clay in that State. This shows
+that not only for the manufacture itself, but for the development of
+material here, everything depends upon the stimulus that protection
+gives.
+
+Ohio china and Cincinnati pottery are known all over the country. The
+Chelsea Works, near Boston, however, are as distinguished for their
+clays and faience, and for lustrous tiles especially (to be used in
+household decoration) can rival the rich show that the Doulton ware made
+at the Centennial. Other New England potteries are eminent for terra
+cotta and granite wares. On Long Island and in New York city there are
+porcelain and terra cotta factories of established fame, and the first
+porcelain work to succeed in home markets was made at the still busy
+factories of Greenpoint. New Jersey potteries take the broad ground of
+the useful, first of all, in their manufacture of excellent granite
+and cream-colored ware for domestic use, but every year turn out more
+beautiful forms and more artistic work. The Etruria Company especially
+have succeeded in giving the warm flesh tints to the "Parian" for busts
+and statuettes, now to be seen in many shop windows. These goods ought
+always to be labeled and known as American--it adds to their value with
+any true connoisseur. Some of these establishments, more than others,
+have the enterprise to experiment in native clays, for which the whole
+trade owes their acknowledgments.
+
+The demand all through the country by skillful decorators for the
+pottery forms to work upon, points to still greater extensions in this
+business of making our own china, and to the employment and good pay of
+more thousands than are now employed in it. A collection of American
+china, terra cotta, etc., begun at this time and added to from year to
+year, will soon be a most interesting cabinet. Both in the eastern
+and western manufactories ingenious workers are rediscovering and
+experimenting in pastes and glazes and colors, simply because there is a
+large demand for all such, and they can be supplied at prices within the
+reach of most buyers. It needs only to point out this flourishing state
+of things, through the "let-alone" principle, which protection insures
+to this industry, to exhibit the threatened damage of the attempt, under
+cover of earthenware duties, to get a little free trade through at this
+session.--_Philadelphia Public Ledger_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PHOTOGRAPHIC NOTES.
+
+
+_Mr. Warnerke's New Discovery_.--Very happily for our art, we are at the
+present moment entering upon a stage of improvement which shows that
+photography is advancing with vast strides toward a position that has
+the possibility of a marvelous future. In England, especially, great
+advances are being made. The recent experiments of our accomplished
+colleague, Mr. Warnerke, on gelatine rendered insoluble by light, after
+it has been sensitized by silver bromide and developed by pyrogallic
+acid, have revealed to us a number of new facts whose valuable results
+it is impossible at present to foretell. It seems, however, certain that
+we shall thus be able to accomplish very nearly the same effects as
+those obtained by bichromatized gelatine, but with the additional
+advantage of a much greater rapidity in all the operations. In my own
+experiments with the new process of phototypie, I hit upon the plan of
+plunging the carbon image, from which all soluble gelatine had been
+removed, into a bath of pyrogallic acid, in order to still further
+render impermeable the substance forming the printing surface. I also
+conceived the idea of afterward saturating this carbon image with a
+solution of nitrate of silver, and of subsequently treating it with
+pyrogallic acid, in order to still further render impermeable the
+substance forming the printing surface. But the process described by Mr.
+Warnerke is quite different; by means of it we shall be able to fix
+the image taken in the camera, in the same way as we develop carbon
+pictures, and afterward to employ them in any manner that may be
+desirable. Thus the positive process of carbon printing would be
+modified in such a manner that the mixtures containing the permanent
+pigment should be sensitized with silver bromide in place of potassium
+bichromate. In this way impressions could be very rapidly taken of
+positive proofs, and enlargements made, which might be developed in hot
+water, just as in the ordinary carbon process, and at least we should
+have permanent images. Mr. Warnerke's highly interesting experiments
+will no doubt open the way to many valuable applications, and will
+realize a marked progress in the art of photography.
+
+_Method for Converting Negatives Directly into Positives_.--Captain
+Bing, who is employed in the topographic studios of the Ministry of
+War, has devised a process for the direct conversion of negatives into
+positives. The idea is not a new one; but several experimenters, and
+notably the late Thomas Sutton, have pointed out the means of effecting
+this conversion; it has never, however, so far as I know, been
+introduced into actual practice, as is now the case. The process which
+I am about to describe is now worked in the studios of the Topographic
+Service. The negative image is developed in the ordinary way, but the
+development is carried much further than if it were to be used as an
+ordinary negative. After developing and thoroughly washing, the negative
+is placed on a black cloth with the collodion side downward, and exposed
+to diffuse light for a time, which varies from a few seconds to two or
+three minutes, according to the intensity of the plate. Afterward the
+conversion is effected by moistening the plate afresh, and then plunging
+it into a bath which is thus composed:
+
+Water 700 cub. cents.
+Potassium bichromate 30 grams.
+Pure nitric acid 300 cub. cents.
+
+In a few minutes this solution will dissolve all the reduced silver
+forming the negative; the negative image is therefore entirely
+destroyed; but it has served to impress on the sensitive film beneath
+it a positive image, which is still in a latent condition. It must,
+therefore, be developed, and to do this, the film is treated with a
+solution of--
+
+Water 1,000 grams
+Pyrogallic acid 25 "
+Citric acid 20 "
+Alcohol of 36 deg. 50 cub. cents.
+
+The process is carried on exactly as if developing an ordinary negative;
+but the action of the developer is stopped at the precise moment when
+the positive has acquired intensity sufficient for the purpose for which
+it is to be used. Fixing, varnishing, etc., are then carried on the
+usual way. The great advantage of this process consists in the fact of
+its rendering positives of much greater delicacy than those that are
+taken by contact; and, on the other hand, by means of it we are able to
+avoid two distinct operations, when for certain kinds of work we require
+positive plates where a negative would be of no service. M. V. Rau,
+the assistant who has carried out this process under the direction of
+Captain Bing, has described it in a work which has just been published
+by M. Gauthier-Villars.
+
+_Experiments of Captain Bing on the Sensitiveness of Coal Oil_.--The
+same Captain of Engineers has undertaken a series of very interesting
+experiments on the sensitiveness to light of one or two substances to
+which bitumen probably owes its sensitiveness, but which, contrary to
+what takes place with bitumen, are capable of rendering very beautiful
+half tones, both on polished zinc and on albumenized paper. These
+sensitive substances are extracted by dissolving marine glue or coal-tar
+in benzine. By exposure to light, both marine-glue and coal-tar turn of
+a sepia color, and, in a printing-frame, they render a visible image,
+which is not the case with bitumen; their solvents are in the order of
+their energy; chloroform, ether, benzine, turpentine, petroleum spirit,
+and alcohol. Of these solvents, benzine is the best adapted for reducing
+the substances to a fluid state, so as to enable them to flow over the
+zinc. The images obtained, which are permanent, and which are very much
+like those of the Daguerreotype, are fixed by means of the turpentine
+and petroleum spirit. They are washed with water, and then carefully
+dried. It is possible to obtain prints with half-tones in fatty ink by
+means of plates of zinc coated with marine-glue. Some attempts in this
+direction were shown to me, which promised very well in this respect. We
+are, therefore, in the right road, not only for economically producing
+permanent prints on paper, but also for making zinc plates in which the
+phototype film of bichromatized gelatine is replaced by a solution of
+marine-glue and benzine. The substance known in commerce under the name
+of pitch or coal-tar will produce the same results.
+
+_Bitumen Plates_.--A new method of making bitumen plates by contact has
+also been introduced into the topographical studios. The plan, or the
+original drawing, is placed against a glass plate, coated with a mixture
+of bitumen and of marine-glue dissolved in benzine. The marine-glue
+gives the bitumen greater pliancy, and prevents it from scaling off when
+rubbed, particularly when the plate is retouched with a dry point.
+These bitumen plates are so thoroughly opaque to the penetration of the
+actinic rays, that the printing-frame may be left for any time in full
+sunlight without any fear of fog being produced on the zinc plate from
+which the prints are to be taken.
+
+_Method for Topographic Engraving by Commandant de la Noe_.--Before
+leaving the interesting studios of which I have been speaking, I ought
+to mention a very ingenious application which has been made of a process
+called _topogravure_, invented by Commandant de la Noe, who is the
+director of this important department. A plate of polished zinc is
+coated with bitumen in the usual way, and then exposed directly to the
+light under an original drawing, or even under a printed plan. So soon
+as the light has sufficiently acted, which may be seen by means of
+photometric bands equally transparent at the plate, all the bitumen not
+acted upon is dissolved. As it is a positive which has acted as matrix,
+the uncovered zinc indicates the design, and the ground remains coated
+with insoluble bitumen. The plate is then etched with a weak solution
+of nitric acid in water, and the lines of the design are thus slightly
+engraved; the surface is then re-coated with another layer of bitumen,
+which fills up all the hollows, and is then rubbed down with charcoal.
+All the surface is thus cleaned off, and the only bitumen which remains
+is that in the lines, which, though not deep, are sufficiently so to
+protect the substance from the rubbing of the charcoal. When this
+is done we have an engraved plate which can be printed from, like a
+lithographic stone; it is gummed and wetted in the usual way, and it
+gives prints of much greater delicacy and purity than those taken
+directly from the bitumen. The ink is retained by the slight projection
+of the surface beyond the line, so that it cannot spread, and a kind of
+copper plate engraving is taken by lithographic printing. Besides, in
+arriving at this result, there is the advantage of being able to use
+directly the original plans and drawings, without being obliged to have
+recourse to a plate taken in the camera; the latter is indispensable
+for printing in the usual way on bitumen where the impression on the
+sensitive film is obtained by means of a negative. It will be seen that
+this process is exceedingly ingenious, and not only is its application
+very easy, but all its details are essentially practical.
+
+_Succinate of Iron Developer_.--I have received a letter from M.
+Borlinetto, in which he states that he has been induced by the analogy
+which exists between oxalic and succinic acids to try whether succinate
+of iron can be substituted for oxalate of iron as a developer. To prove
+this he prepared some proto-succinate of iron from the succinate of
+potassium and proto-sulphate of iron, following the method given by Dr.
+Eder for the preparation of his ferrous oxalate developer. He carried
+out the development in the same way as is done by the oxalate, and
+he found that the succinate of iron is even more energetic than the
+oxalate. The plate develops regularly with much delicacy, and gives a
+peculiar tone. It is necessary to take some fresh solution at every
+operation, on account of the proto-succinate of iron being rapidly
+converted into per-succinate by contact with the air.
+
+_Method of Making Friable Hydro-Cellulose_.--At the meeting of the
+Photographic Society of France, M. Girard showed his method of preparing
+cellulose in a state of powder, specially adapted for the production of
+pyroxyline for making collodion. Carded cotton-wool is placed in water,
+acidulated with 3 per cent. of sulphuric or nitric acid, and is left
+there from five to fifteen seconds; it is then taken out and laid on a
+linen cloth, which is then wrung so as to extract most of the liquid. In
+this condition there still remains from 30 to 40 per cent. of acidulated
+water; the cotton is divided into parcels and allowed to dry in the open
+air until it feels dry to the touch, though in this condition it still
+contains 20 per cent. of water. It is next inclosed in a covered jar,
+which is heated to a temperature of 65 deg. C.; the desiccation therefore
+takes place in the closed space, and the conversion of the material
+is completed in about two or three hours. In this way a very perfect
+hydro-cellulose is obtained, and in the best form for producing
+excellent pyroxyline.--_Corresp. Photo Mews_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PHOTO TRACINGS IN BLACK AND COLOR.
+
+
+Two new processes for taking photo tracings in black and color have
+recently been published--"Nigrography" and "Anthrakotype"--both of which
+represent a real advance in photographic art. By these two processes we
+are enabled for the first time to accomplish the rapid production of
+positive copies in black of plans and other line drawings. Each of
+these new methods has its own sphere of action; both, therefore, should
+deserve equally descriptive notices.
+
+For large plans, drawn with lines of even breadth, and showing no
+gradated lines, or such as shade into gray, the process styled
+"nigrography," invented by Itterbeim, of Vienna, and patented both
+in Germany and Austria, will be found best adapted. The base of this
+process is a solution of gum, with which large sheets of paper can be
+more readily coated than with one of gelatine; it is, therefore, very
+suitable for the preparation of tracings of the largest size. The paper
+used must be the best drawing paper, thoroughly sized, and on this the
+solution, consisting of 25 parts of gum arabic dissolved in 100 parts of
+water, to which are added 7 parts of potassium bichromate and I part of
+alcohol, is spread with a broad, flat brush. It is then dried, and if
+placed in a cool, dark place will keep good for a long time. When used,
+it is placed under the plan to be reproduced, and exposed to diffused
+light for from five to ten minutes--that is to say, to about 14 deg. of
+Vogel's photometer; it is then removed and placed for twenty minutes in
+cold water, in order to wash out all the chromated gum which has not
+been affected by light. By pressing between two sheets of blotting-paper
+the water is then got rid of, and if the exposure has been correctly
+judged the drawing will appear as dull lines on a shiny ground. After
+the paper has been completely dried it is ready for the black color.
+This consists of 5 parts of shellac, 100 parts of alcohol, and 15 parts
+of finely-powdered vine-black. A sponge is used to distribute the color
+over the paper, and the latter is then laid in a 2 to 3 per cent. bath
+of sulphuric acid, where it must remain until the black color can be
+easily removed by means of a stiff brush. All the lines of the drawing
+will then appear in black on a white ground. These nigrographic tracings
+are very fine, but they only appear in complete perfection when the
+original drawings are perfectly opaque. Half-tone lines, or the marks
+of a red pencil on the original, are not reproduced in the nigrographic
+copy.
+
+"Anthrakotype" is a kind of dusting-on process. It was invented by Dr.
+Sobacchi, in the year 1879, and has been lately more fully described by
+Captain Pizzighelli. This process--called also "Photanthrakography"--is
+founded on the property of chromated gelatine which has not been acted
+on by light to swell up in lukewarm water, and to become tacky, so that
+in this condition it can retain powdered color which had been dusted
+on it. Wherever, however, the chromated gelatine has been acted on by
+light, the surface becomes horny, undergoes no change in warm water, and
+loses all sign of tackiness. In this process absolute opacity in
+the lines of the original drawing is by no means necessary, for it
+reproduces gray, half-tone lines just as well as it does black ones.
+Pencil drawings can also be copied, and in this lies one great advantage
+of the process over other photo-tracing methods, for, to a certain
+extent, even half-tones can be produced.
+
+For the paper for anthrakotype an ordinary strong, well-sized paper must
+be selected. This must be coated with a gelatine solution (gelatine 1,
+water 30 parts), either by floating the paper on the solution, or by
+flowing the solution over the paper. In the latter case the paper is
+softened by soaking in water, is then pressed on to a glass plate placed
+in a horizontal position, the edges are turned up, and the gelatine
+solution is poured into the trough thus formed. To sensitize the
+paper, it is dipped for a couple of minutes in a solution of potassium
+bichromate (1 in 25), then taken out and dried in the dark.
+
+The paper is now placed beneath the drawing in a copying-frame, and
+exposed for several minutes to the light; it is afterward laid in cold
+water in order to remove all excess of chromate. A copy of the original
+drawing now exists in relief on the swollen gelatine, and, in order to
+make this relief sticky, the paper is next dipped for a short time in
+water, at a temperature of about 28 deg. or 30 deg. C. It is then laid on a
+smooth glass plate, superficially dried by means of blotting-paper, and
+lamp-black or soot evenly dusted on over the whole surface by means of
+a fine sieve. Although lamp-black is so inexpensive and so easily
+obtained, as material it answers the present purpose better than any
+other black coloring substance. If now the color be evenly distributed
+with a broad brush, the whole surface of the paper will appear to be
+thoroughly black. In order to fix the color on the tacky parts of the
+gelatine, the paper must next be dried by artificial heat--say, by
+placing it near a stove--and this has the advantage of still further
+increasing the stickiness of the gelatine in the parts which have not
+been acted upon by light, so that the coloring matter adheres even more
+firmly to the gelatine. When the paper is thoroughly dry, place it in
+water, and let it be played on by a strong jet; this removes all the
+color from the parts which have been exposed to the light, and so
+develops the picture. By a little gentle friction with a wet sponge, the
+development will be materially promoted.
+
+A highly interesting peculiarity of this anthrakotype process is the
+fact that a copy, though it may have been incorrectly exposed, can
+still be saved. For instance, if the image does not seem to be vigorous
+enough, it can be intensified in the simplest way; it is only necessary
+to soak the paper afresh, then dust on more color, etc.; in short,
+repeat the developing process as above described. In difficult cases the
+dusting-on may be repeated five or six times, till at last the desired
+intensity is obtained.
+
+By this process, therefore, we get a positive copy of a positive
+original in black lines on a white ground. Of course, any other coloring
+material in a state of powder may be used instead of soot, and then a
+colored drawing on a white ground is obtained. Very pretty variations of
+the process may be made by using gold or silver paper, and dusting-on
+with different colors; or a picture may be taken in gold bronze powder
+on a white ground. In this way colored drawings may be taken on a gold
+or a silver ground, and very bright photo tracings will be the result.
+Some examples of this kind, that have been sent us from Vienna, are
+exceedingly beautiful.
+
+Summing up the respective advantages of the two processes we have above
+described, we may say that "nigrography" is best adapted for
+copying drawings of a large size; the copies can with difficulty be
+distinguished from good autographs, and they do not possess the bad
+quality of gelatine papers--the tendency to roll up and crack. Drawings,
+however, which have shadow or gradated lines cannot be well produced by
+this process; in such cases it is better to adopt "anthrakotype," with
+which good results will be obtained.--_Photographic News_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ON M. C. FAURE'S SECONDARY BATTERY.
+
+
+The researches of M. Gaston Plante on the polarization of voltameters
+led to his invention of the secondary cell, composed of two strips of
+lead immersed in acidulated water. These cells accumulate, and, so to
+speak, store up the electricity passed into them from some outside
+generator. When the two electrodes are connected with any source of
+electricity the surfaces of the two strips of lead undergo certain
+modifications. Thus, the positive pole retains oxygen and becomes
+covered with a thin coating of peroxide of lead, while the negative pole
+becomes reduced to a clean metallic state.
+
+Now, if the secondary cell is separated from the primary one, we have a
+veritable voltaic battery, for the symmetry of the poles is upset, and
+one is ready to give up oxygen and the other eager to receive it. When
+the poles are connected, an intense electric current is obtained, but
+it is of short duration. Such a cell, having half a square meter of
+surface, can store up enough electricity to keep a platinum wire 1
+millim. in diameter and 8 centims. long, red-hot for ten minutes. M.
+Plante has succeeded in increasing the duration of the current by
+alternately charging and discharging the cell, so as alternately to
+form layers of reduced metal and peroxide of lead on the surface of the
+strip. It was seen that this cell would afford an excellent means for
+the conveyance of electricity from place to place, the great drawback,
+however, being that the storing capacity was not sufficient as compared
+with the weight and size of the cell. This difficulty has now been
+overcome by M. Faure; the cell as he has improved it is made in the
+following manner:
+
+The two strips of lead are separately covered with minium or some other
+insoluble oxide of lead, then covered with an envelope of felt, firmly
+attached by rivets of lead. These two electrodes are then placed near
+each other in water acidulated with sulphuric acid, as in the Plante
+cell. The cell is then attached to a battery so as to allow a current
+of electricity to pass through it, and the minium is thereby reduced to
+metallic spongy lead on the negative pole, and oxidized to peroxide of
+lead on the positive pole; when the cell is discharged the reduced lead
+becomes oxidized, and the peroxide of lead is reduced until the cell
+becomes inert.
+
+The improvement consists, as will be seen, in substituting for strips
+of lead masses of spongy lead; for, in the Plante cell, the action is
+restricted to the surface, while in Faure's modification the action is
+almost unlimited. A battery composed of Faure's cells, and weighing 150
+lb., is capable of storing up a quantity of electricity equivalent to
+one horsepower during one hour, and calculations based on facts in
+thermal chemistry show that this weight could be greatly decreased. A
+battery of 24 cells, each weighing 14 lb., will keep a strip of platinum
+five-eighths of an inch wide, one-thirty-second of an inch thick, and 9
+ft. 10 in. long, red-hot for a long time.
+
+The loss resulting from the charging and discharging of this battery is
+not great; for example, if a certain quantity of energy is expended in
+charging the cells, 80 per cent. of that energy can be reproduced by the
+electricity resulting from the discharge of the cells; moreover, the
+battery can be carried from one place to another without injury. A
+battery was lately charged in Paris, then taken to Brussels, where it
+was used the next day without recharging. The cost is also said to be
+very low. A quantity of electricity equal to one horse power during an
+hour can be produced, stored, and delivered at any distance within 3
+miles of the works for 11/2d. Therefore these batteries may become useful
+in producing the electric light in private houses. A 1,250 horsepower
+engine, working dynamo-machines giving a continuous current, will in one
+hour produce 1,000 horse-power of effective electricity, that is to
+say 80 per cent. of the initial force. The cost of the machines,
+establishment, and construction will not be more than L40,000, and the
+quantity of coal burnt will be 2 lb. per hour per effective horse-power,
+which will cost (say) 1/2d. The apparatus necessary to store up the force
+of 1,000 horses for twenty-four hours will cost L48,000, and will weigh
+1,500 tons. This price and these weights may become much less after a
+time. The expense for wages and repairs will be less than 1/4d. per hour
+per horse-power, which would be L24 a day, or L8,800 a year; thus the
+total cost of one horse-power for an hour stored up at the works is
+3/4d. Allowing that the carriage will cost as much as the production and
+storing, we have what is stated above, viz., that the total cost within
+3 miles of the works is 11/2d. per horse-power per hour. This quantity of
+electricity will produce a light, according to the amount of division,
+equivalent to from 5 to 30 gas burners, which is much cheaper than
+gas.--_Chemical News_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PHYSICAL SCIENCE IN OUR COMMON SCHOOLS.
+
+[Footnote: Read before the State Normal Institute at Winona, Minnesota,
+April 28, 1881, by Clarence M. Boutelle, Professor of Mathematics and
+Physical Science in the State Normal School.]
+
+
+Very little, perhaps, which is new can be said regarding the teaching
+of physical science by the experimental method. Special schools for
+scientific education, with large and costly laboratories, are by no
+means few nor poorly attended; scientific books and periodicals are
+widely read; scientific lectures are popular. But, while in many schools
+of advanced grade, science is taught in a scientific way, in many others
+the work is confined to the mere study of books, and in only a few of
+our common district schools is it taught at all.
+
+I shall advocate, and I believe with good reason, the use of apparatus
+and experiments to supplement the knowledge gained from books in schools
+where books are used, the giving of lessons to younger children who do
+not use books, and the giving of these lessons to some extent in all
+our schools. And the facts which I have gathered together regarding the
+teaching of science will be used with all these ends in view.
+
+Physics--using the term in its broadest sense--has been defined as the
+science which has for its object the study of the material world, the
+phenomena which it presents to us, the laws which govern (or account
+for) these phenomena, and the applications which can be made of either
+classes of related phenomena, or of laws, to the wants of man. Thus
+broadly defined, physics would be one of two great subjects covering the
+whole domain of knowledge. The entire world of matter, as distinguished
+from the world of mind, would be presented to us in a comprehensive
+study of physics.
+
+I shall consider in this discussion only a limited part of this great
+subject. Phenomena modified by the action of the vital force, either in
+plants or in animals, will be excluded; I shall not, therefore, consider
+such subjects as botany or zooelogy. Geology and related branches will
+also be omitted by restricting our study to phenomena which take place
+in short, definite, measurable periods of time. And lastly, those
+subjects in which, as in astronomy, the phenomena take place beyond
+the control of student and teacher, and in which their repetition at
+pleasure is impossible, will not be considered. Natural philosophy, or
+physics, as this term is generally used, and chemistry, will, therefore,
+be the subjects which we will consider as sources from which to draw
+matter for lessons for the children in our schools.
+
+The child's mind has the receptive side, the sensibility, the most
+prominent. His senses are alert. He handles and examines objects about
+him. He sees more, and he learns more from the seeing, than he will in
+later years unless his perceptive powers are definitely trained and
+observation made a habit. His judgment and his will are weak. He reasons
+imperfectly. He chooses without appropriate motives. He needs the
+building up and development given by educational training. _Nature
+points out the method._
+
+Sensibility being the characteristic of his mind, we must appeal to him
+through his senses. We must use the concrete; through it we must act
+upon his weak will and immature judgment. From his natural curiosity we
+must develop attention. His naturally strong perceptive powers must be
+made yet stronger; they must be led in proper directions and fixed upon
+appropriate objects. He must be led to appreciate the relation between
+cause and effects--to associate together related facts--and to state
+what he knows in a definite, clear, and forcible manner.
+
+Object lessons, conversational lessons, lessons on animals, lessons
+based on pictures and other devices, have been used to meet this demand
+of the child's mental make up. Good in many respects, and vastly better
+than mere book work, they have faults which I shall point out in
+connection with the corresponding advantages of easy lessons in the
+elements of science. I shall not quibble over definitions. Object
+lessons may, perhaps, properly be said to include lessons such as it
+seems to me should be given--lessons drawn from natural philosophy or
+chemistry--but I use the term here in the sense in which it is often
+used, as meaning lessons based upon some object. A thimble, a knife, a
+watch, for instance, each of these being a favorite with a certain class
+of object teachers, may be taken.
+
+The objections are:
+
+1. Little new knowledge can be given which is simple and appropriate.
+Most children already know the names of such objects as are chosen,
+the names of the most prominent parts, the materials of which they are
+composed and their uses. Much that is often given should be omitted
+altogether if we fairly regard the economy of the child's time and
+mental strength. It doesn't pay to teach children that which isn't worth
+remembering, and which we don't care to have them remember.
+
+2. Study of the qualities of materials is a prominent part of lessons on
+objects. Such study is really the study of physical science, but with
+objects such as are usually selected is a very difficult part to give
+to young children. Ask the student who has taken a course in chemistry
+whether the study of the qualities of metals and their alloys is easy
+work. Ask him how much can readily be shown, and how much must be taken
+on authority. Have him tell you how much or how little the thing itself
+suggests, and how much must he memorized from the mere book statement
+and with difficulty. Study of materials is good to a certain extent, but
+it is often carried much too far.
+
+Consider a conversational lesson on some animal. Lessons are sometimes
+given on cats. As an element in a reading lesson--to arouse interest--to
+hold the attention--to secure correct emphasis and inflection--to make
+sure of the reading being good: such work is appropriate. But let us see
+what the effect upon the pupil is as regards the knowledge he gains
+of the cat, and the effect upon his habits of thought and study. The
+student gives some statement as to the appearance--the size--or some
+act of his cat. It is usually an imperfect statement drawn from the
+imperfect memory of an imperfect observation. And the teacher, having
+only a _general knowledge_ of the habits of cats, can correct in only
+a general way. Thus habits of faulty and incorrect observation and
+inaccurate memory are fastened upon the child. It is no less by the
+correction of the false than by the presenting of the true, that we
+educate properly.
+
+Besides this there is the fact that traits, habits, and peculiarities
+of animals are not always manifested when we wish them to be. Suppose
+a teacher asks a child to notice the way in which a dog drinks, for
+example; the child may have to wait until long after all the associated
+facts, the reasons why this thing was to be observed--the lesson as a
+whole of which this formed a part--have all grown dim in the memory,
+before the chance for the observation occurs.
+
+Pictures are less valuable as educational aids than objects; at best
+they are but partially and imperfectly concrete. The study of pictures
+tends to cultivate the imagination and taste, but observation and
+judgment are but little exercised.
+
+A comparison of the kind of knowledge gained in either of the above ways
+with that gained by a study of science as such, will make some of the
+advantages of the latter evident. An act of complete knowledge consists
+in the identifying of an attribute with a subject. Attributes of
+quality--of condition--of relation, may be gained from lessons in which
+objects or pictures are used. Attributes of action which are unregulated
+by the observer may be learned from the study of animals. But very
+little of actions and changes which can be made to take place under
+specified conditions, and with uniformity of result, can be learned
+until physical science is drawn upon.
+
+And yet consider the importance of such study. Changes around him appeal
+most strongly to the child. "Why _does_ this thing _do_ as it _does_?"
+is more frequent than "Why _is_ this thing as it _is_?" He sees changes
+of place, of form, of size, of composition, taking place; his curiosity
+is aroused; and he is ready to study with avidity, and in a systematic
+manner, the changes which his teacher may present to him. Consider
+the peculiarities belonging to the study of changes of any sort. The
+interest is held, for the mind is constantly gaining the new. The
+attention cannot be divided--all parts of the change, all phases of the
+action, must be known, and to be known must be _observed_; while in
+other forms of lessons the attention may be diverted for a moment to
+return to the consideration of exactly what was being observed before.
+It goes without saying that in one case quick and accurate observation,
+a retentive memory, and the association of causes and effects follow,
+and that in the other they do not.
+
+I advocate, therefore, the teaching of physical science in our
+schools--_in all our schools_. Physical science taught by the
+experimental method.
+
+An experiment has been defined as a question put to Nature, a question
+asked in _things_ rather than in _words_, and so conditioned that no
+uncertain answer can be given. Nature says that all matter gravitates,
+not in words, but in the swing of planets around the sun, and in the
+leap of the avalanche. And men have devised ingenious machines through
+which Nature may tell us the invariable laws of gravitation, and give
+some hint as to why it is true.
+
+There are two kinds of experiments, and two corresponding kinds of
+investigators.
+
+I. In original investigation there are the following elements:
+
+1. The careful determination of all the conditions under which the
+experiment takes place.
+
+2. The observation of exactly what happens, with a painstaking
+elimination of all previous notions as to what ought to happen.
+
+3. The change of conditions, one at a time, with a comparison of the
+results obtained with the changes made, in order to determine that each
+condition has been given just its appropriate weight in the experiment.
+
+4. The classification and explanation of the result.
+
+5. The extension of the knowledge gained by turning it to investigations
+suggested by what has already been learned.
+
+6. The practical application of the knowledge gained.
+
+II. In ordinary experiments for educational purposes the experimenter
+follows in a general way in the footsteps of the original investigator.
+There are the following elements to be considered:
+
+1. The arrangement of conditions in general imitation of the original
+investigator. This arrangement needs only to be general. For example, if
+an original investigation were undertaken to determine the composition
+of a metallic oxide, the metal and the oxygen would both be carefully
+saved to be measured and weighed and fully tested. The ordinary
+experiment would be considered successful if oxygen and the metal were
+shown to result.
+
+2. The careful consideration of what should happen.
+
+3 The determination that the expected either does or does not happen,
+with examination of reasons and elimination of disturbing causes in the
+latter case.
+
+4. The accepting as true of the classification and explanation already
+given. Theories, explanations, and laws are thus accepted every day by
+minds which could never have originated either them or the experiments
+from which they were derived.
+
+The method of original investigation, strictly considered, presents
+many difficulties. A long course of preliminary training--a thorough
+knowledge of what has been done in a given field already--a quick
+imagination--a genius for devising forms of apparatus which will enable
+him to work well under particular conditions in the most simple and
+effective way--the faculty of suspending judgment, and of seeing
+what happens, all that happens, and just how it
+happens--patience--caution--courage--quick judgment when a completed
+experiment presses for an explanation--these are some of the
+characteristics which must belong to the original worker.
+
+Were we all capable of doing such work there would be these advantages,
+among others, of studying for ourselves:
+
+1. What we find out for ourselves we remember longer and recall more
+readily than what we acquire in any other way. This advantage holds true
+whether the facts learned are entirely new or only new to us. Almost
+every man whose life has been spent in study has a store of facts which
+he discovered, and on which he built hopes of future greatness until
+he found out later that they were old to the knowledge of the world he
+lived in. And these things are among those which will remain longest in
+his memory.
+
+2. Associated facts would be learned in studying in this way which would
+remain unknown otherwise.
+
+But all the advantages would be associated with disadvantages too. Long
+periods of time would have to be given for comparatively small results.
+The history of science is full of instances in which years were spent in
+the elaboration of some law, or principle, or theory which the school
+boy of to-day learns in an hour and recites in a breath. Why does water
+rise in a pump? Do all bodies, large and small, fall equally fast? The
+principles which answer and explain such questions can be made so clear
+and evident to the mind of a pupil that he would almost fancy they must
+have been known from the first instead of having waited for the hard,
+earnest labor of intellectual giants. And science has gone on, and
+for us and for our pupils would still go on, only as accompanied with
+numerous mistakes and disappointments.
+
+What method shall we adopt in the teaching of science? It must
+differ according to the age and capacity of the pupils. An excellent
+modification of the method of original investigation may be arranged as
+follows:
+
+The children are put in possession of all facts relating to conditions,
+the teacher explaining them as much as may be necessary. The experiment
+is performed, the pupils being required to observe exactly what takes
+place, the experiments selected being of such a nature that any previous
+judgment as to what ought to occur is as nearly impossible as may be. We
+predict from knowledge, real or supposed, of facts which are associated
+in our minds with any new subject under consideration. Children often
+know in a general, vague, and indefinite way that which, for the sake of
+a full and systematic knowledge, we may desire them to study. What
+they know will unconsciously modify their expectations, and their
+expectations in turn may modify their observations. We are apt to
+believe that happens which we expect will happen. There ought to be no
+difficulty, however, in finding simple and appropriate experiments with
+which the child is entirely unacquainted, and in which anything beyond
+the wildest guess work is, for him, impossible. The principal use which
+can be made of this method is in the mere observation of what takes
+place. Nothing which the child notices correctly need be rejected,
+no matter how far removed from the chief event on the object of the
+experiment. Care that the pupil shall see all, and separate the
+essential from the accidental, is all that is necessary.
+
+But the original investigator assigns reasons, and with care the
+children may be allowed to attempt that. This, however, should not be
+carried far; incorrect explanations should be criticised; and the class
+should at length be given all the elements of the correct explanation
+which they have not determined for themselves. Later, pupils should be
+encouraged to name related phenomena, to mention things which they
+have seen happen which are due to associated causes, and to suggest
+variations for the experiment and tests for its explanation. Good
+results may be made to follow this kind of work even with very young
+pupils. A child grows in mental strength by using the powers he has, and
+mistakes seen to be such are not only steps toward a correct view of the
+subject under consideration, but are steps toward that habit of mind
+which spontaneously presents correct views at once in study which comes
+later in life.
+
+Another method is this: The pupil may know what is expected to happen,
+as well as the conditions given, and held responsible for an observation
+of what does happen and a comparison of what he really observes with
+what he expects to observe. Explanations are usually given a class,
+often in books with which they are furnished, instead of being drawn
+from them, in whole or in part, by questioning, when physical science is
+studied in this way. Indeed, this method is a necessity when text books
+are used, unless experiments from some outside source are introduced.
+
+Who shall perform the experiments? With young pupils everywhere, and
+in most of our common, and even in many of our graded schools, the
+experiments must be performed by the teacher. With young pupils the time
+is too limited, and the responsibility and necessary care too great to
+permit of any other plan being practical. In many of our schools the
+small supply of apparatus renders this necessary even with larger
+pupils. Added to the reasons already given is the important one that in
+no other way--by no other plan--can the teacher be as readily sure that
+his pupils observe and reason fully for themselves. In this normal
+school a course in physics, in which the experiments are all performed
+in the class room by the teacher, is followed by a course in chemistry,
+in which the members of the class perform the experiments for themselves
+in the laboratory. And, notwithstanding the age, maturity, and previous
+observation of the pupils, a great deal must be done both in the
+laboratory and in the recitation room to be sure that all that happens
+is seen--that the purpose is clearly held in the mind--that the reason
+is fully understood.
+
+With older pupils and greater facilities, however, the experiments
+should be performed by the pupils themselves. Constant watchfulness is
+necessary, it is true, to insure to the pupil the full educational
+value of the experiment. With this watchfulness it can be done, and the
+advantages are numerous. Among them are:
+
+1. The learning of the use and care of apparatus.
+
+2. The learning of methods of actual construction, from materials at
+hand, of some of the simpler kinds of apparatus.
+
+3. The learning of the importance of careful preparation. An experiment
+may be performed in a few minutes before a class which has taken an hour
+or more of time in its preparation. The pupil fully appreciates its
+importance, and is in the best condition to remember it only when he
+has had a part of the hard work attending that preparation. Again,
+conditions under which an experiment is successfully performed are often
+not appreciated when merely stated in words. "To prepare hydrogen gas,
+pass a thistle tube and a delivery tube through a cork which fit tightly
+in the neck of a bottle," etc., is simple enough. Let a pupil try with a
+cork which does not fit tightly and he will never forget that condition.
+
+4. The learning of the importance of following directions. Chemistry,
+especially, is full of those cases where this means everything.
+Sometimes, not often in experiments performed in school, however, it may
+mean even life or death.
+
+The time for experiments should be carefully considered. When performed
+by the teacher they should be taken up during the recitation:
+
+1. If used as a foundation to build upon, at the beginning of the
+lesson.
+
+2. If used as a summary, at the close.
+
+3. They should be closely connected with the points which they
+illustrate.
+
+4. When very short, or when so difficult as to demand the whole
+attention of the teacher, they may be given and afterward discussed. If
+long or easy, they may be discussed while the work is going on. Changes
+which take place slowly, as those which are brought about by the gradual
+action of heat, for instance, are best taken up in this latter way.
+
+5. Exceptions may be necessary, as when experiments which demand special
+preparation immediately before they are presented are given when the
+recitation begins, or cases in which experiments are kept until near the
+close of a recitation, when the teacher finds that attention flags and
+the lesson seems to have lost its interest to the pupils as soon as the
+experiments have been given.
+
+When performed by the pupils themselves, experiments should come before
+the recitation as a part of the preparation for the work of the class
+room.
+
+Even in those cases in which the teacher performs the work, opportunity
+should be given, from time to time, for the performing of the experiment
+by the pupils themselves. This can be done in several ways. During the
+course in physics here I am in the habit of leaving apparatus on the
+table in my room for at least one day, often for a longer time, and of
+giving permission to my class to perform the experiments for themselves
+when their time permits and the nature of the experiment makes it an
+advantage to get a nearer view than was possible in the class work. I
+leave it to them to decide when to perform the experiments, or whether
+it is to their advantage to take the time to perform them at all. I make
+no attempt to watch either pupils or apparatus, although I would
+often assist or explain at intermissions or during the afternoon. The
+apparatus was largely used, and the effect on recitations was a good
+one. For advanced pupils, and those who can be fully trusted, the plan
+is a good one. The only question is the safety of the apparatus; each
+teacher can decide for himself regarding the advisability of the plan
+for his own school.
+
+With smaller pupils their own safety may render it best to keep
+apparatus out of their hands, except under the immediate direction of
+the teacher. With all pupils that is, doubtless, the best plan where
+chemicals are concerned.
+
+Another method is to allow pupils to assist the teacher in the
+preparation of experiments, to call occasionally upon members of the
+class to come forward and give the experiment in the place of the
+teacher, and to encourage home work relating to experiments. This latter
+is often spontaneous on the part of older pupils, and can be brought
+about with the smaller ones by the use of a little tact; many of the
+toys of the present day have some scientific principle at bottom; let
+the teacher find out what toys his young pupils have, and encourage them
+to use them in a scientific way.
+
+In whatever ways experiments be used, the class should be made to
+consider the following elements as important in every case:
+
+1. The purpose of the experiment. The same experiment may be performed
+at one time for one purpose, at another time for another. The purpose
+intended should be made the prominent thing, all others being
+subordinated to it. Many chemical reactions, for instance, can be made
+to yield either one of two or more substances for study or examination,
+or use, while it may be the purpose of the experiment to close only one
+of them.
+
+2 The apparatus. All elements should be considered. The necessary should
+be separated from that which may vary. In cases where the various parts
+must have some definite relation to the others as regards size or
+position, all that should be considered with care. In complex apparatus
+the exact office of each part should be understood.
+
+3. A clear understanding of what happens. To this I have already
+referred.
+
+4. Why it happens.
+
+5. In what other way it might be made to happen. In chemistry almost
+every substance can be prepared in several different ways. The common
+method is in most cases made so by some consideration of convenience,
+cheapness, or safety. Often only one method is considered in one place
+in a text book. In a review, however, several methods can be associated
+together. Tests, uses, etc., will vary, too, and should be studied with
+that fact in view. In physics phenomena illustrating a given principle
+can usually be made to take place in several different ways. Often very
+simple apparatus will do to illustrate some fact for which complex and
+costly apparatus would be convenient. In such case the study of the
+experiment with that fact in view becomes important to us who need to
+simplify apparatus as much as possible.
+
+6. Special precautions which may be necessary. Some experiments always
+work well, even in the hands of those not used to the work. Others are
+successful--sometimes safe, even--only when the greatest care is taken.
+Substances are used constantly in work in chemistry which are deadly
+poisons, others which are gaseous and will pass through the smallest
+holes. In physics the experiments usually present fewer difficulties of
+this sort. But special care is necessary to complete success here.
+
+7. Other things shown by the experiment. While the main object should
+be kept in most prominent view in all experimental work, the fullest
+educational value will come only when all that can be learned by the use
+of an experiment is carefully considered.
+
+In selecting just the work to be taken up with a given class of
+children, attention must be paid to the selection of the appropriate
+matter to be presented and the well adapted method of presenting it. The
+following points should be carefully considered:
+
+1. The matter must be adapted to the capacity of the child. This must be
+true both as regards the quality and the quantity. The tendency will be
+to teach too much when the matter presented is entirely new, but too
+little in many cases where the pupil already knows the subject in a
+general way. Matter is valuable only when given slowly enough to permit
+of its being fully understood and memorized, while on the other hand
+method is valuable only when it secures the development of attention and
+the various faculties of the child's mind by presenting a sufficient
+amount of the new.
+
+2. The work must be based on what is already known. This, one of the
+best known of the principles of teaching, is of at least as great
+importance in physical science as in any other department of knowledge.
+It seems to me in many cases to be more important here than elsewhere.
+It is not necessary to reach each point by passing over every other
+point usually considered. Lessons in electricity or sound, for instance,
+can be given to children who have done nothing with other parts of
+science. But a natural beginning must be made, and an orderly sequence
+of lessons adopted. Children will not do what adults would find almost
+impossible in covering gaps between lessons.
+
+Science may be compared to a great temple. Pillars, each built of many
+curiously joined stones, standing at the very entrance, represent the
+departments of science so far as man has studied them. We need not dig
+down and study the foundations with the children; we need not study
+every pillar nor choose any particular one rather than some other; but
+we must learn something of every stone--of each great fact--in the
+pillar we select, be it ever so little. The original investigator climbs
+to stones never before reached, or boldly ventures away into the dim
+recesses beyond the entrance to bring back hints of what may be known
+and believed a hundred years hence, perhaps. The exact investigator
+measures each stone. Patiently and toilsomely scientific men examine
+them with glass and reagent. We need not do this, but we must omit none
+of the stones.
+
+3. The work must be continuous. To continue the figure, the stones must
+be considered in some regular order. One lesson in electricity, one in
+sound, then one in some other department is injurious. We remember best
+by associated facts, and, while with the child this is less so than with
+the man, one great object of this work is to teach him to remember in
+that way.
+
+4. Experiments should never be performed for mere show. Of two
+experiments which illustrate a fact equally well it is often best to
+select the most striking and brilliant one. The attention and interest
+of the child will be gained in this way when they would not be to so
+great an extent in any other. The point of the experiment, however,
+should never be lost sight of in attention to the merely wonderful in
+it.
+
+With older pupils, and especially with those who use books for
+themselves and perform the experiments there considered, the fact that
+experiments demand work, downright hard work, with care, and patience,
+and perseverance, and courage, cannot be kept too prominently before
+them.
+
+5. Every lesson should have a definite object. Not the general value of
+the experiment, but some _one thing_ which it shows should be the object
+considered.
+
+6. Each experiment should be associated with some truth expressed in
+words. The experiment should be remembered in connection with a definite
+statement in each case. The memory of either the experiment, or the
+principle apart from the experiment, is a species of half knowledge
+which should be avoided. An unillustrated principle must, when the
+necessity arises, be stored in the memory; and in the systematic study
+of books this necessity will often come. But we should never crowd this
+abstract work on the memory unassisted by the suggestive concrete, when
+the concrete aid is possible.
+
+7. All that is taught should be true. It is not necessary to attempt to
+exhaust a subject, nor to attempt to teach minute details regarding it
+to the pupils in our schools, but it is necessary that every statement
+given to the pupil to be learned and remembered should contain no
+element of falsehood.
+
+The student in mathematics experiences a feeling of growing strength and
+power when he finds, in algebra, that the formula he used in arithmetic
+in extracting a square root has grown in importance by leading
+indirectly to a theorem of which it is only one particular case--a
+theorem with a more definite proof, and a larger capability for use than
+he had thought possible. When he finds a still simpler proof for the
+binomial theorem in his study of the calculus, his feeling of increasing
+power and the desire for still greater results deepens and intensifies.
+Were he to find, on the contrary, that from a false notion of the means
+to be used in making a thing simple, his teacher in arithmetic had
+taught him what is false, we should approve his feeling of disgust and
+disappointment. Early impressions are the most lasting, and the hardest
+part of school work for the teacher is the unteaching of false ideas,
+and the correcting of imperfectly formed and partially understood ideas.
+I took a case from mathematics, the exact science, to illustrate this
+point. But I must not neglect to notice the difference between that
+subject and physical science. The latter consists of theories,
+hypotheses, and so-called laws, supported by _observed facts_. The facts
+remain, but time has overthrown many of the hypotheses and theories, and
+it will doubtless overthrow more and give us something better and truer
+in their place. While a careful distinction between what is known and
+what is believed is necessary, I should always class the teaching of
+accepted theories and hypotheses with the teaching of the true.
+
+But teachers, with more of imagination than good sense, teach
+distinctions which do not exist, generalizations which do not
+generalize, and do incalculable mischief by so doing.
+
+8. Experimental work should be thoroughly honest as to conditions and
+results. If an experiment is not the success you expected it would be,
+say so honestly, and if you know why, explain it. The pupil should be
+taught to know just what _is_, theory or expectation to the contrary
+notwithstanding. Discoveries in physical science have often originated
+in a search for the reason for some unexpected thing.
+
+The relation of the study of science to books on science should be
+considered. For the work done with pupils before they are given books to
+use for themselves, any attempt to follow a text book is to be deplored.
+The study of the properties of matter, for instance, would be a fearful
+and wonderful thing to set a class of little ones at as a beginning in
+scientific work. Just what matter, and force, and molecules, and atoms
+are may be well enough for the student who is old enough to begin to use
+a book, but they would be but dry husks to a younger child. Many of the
+careful classifications and analyses of topics in text books had far
+better be used as summaries than in any other way; and a definition is
+better when the pupil knows it is true than when he is about to find out
+whether it is or not.
+
+An ideal course in science would be one in which nothing should be
+learned but that found out by the observation of the pupil himself under
+the guidance of the teacher, necessary terms being given, but only when
+the thing to be named had been considered, and the mind demanded the
+term because of a felt need. Practically such a method is impossible in
+its fullest sense, but a closer approach to it will be an advantage.
+
+Among the numerous good results which will follow the study of physical
+science are the following:
+
+1. The cultivation of all the faculties of the child in a natural order,
+thus making him grow into a ready, quick, and observing man. Education
+in schools is too often shaped so as to repress instead of cultivate the
+instinctive desire for the _knowledge of things_ which is found in every
+child.
+
+2. The mechanical skill which comes from the preparation and use of
+apparatus.
+
+3. The ability to follow directions.
+
+4. The belief in stated scientific facts, the understanding of
+descriptions, diagrams, etc.
+
+5. The habitual scientific use of events which happen around us.
+
+6. The study of the old to find the new. The principle of the telephone,
+for instance, is as old as spoken language. The mere[1] pulses in the
+air--carrying all the characteristics of what you say--may set in
+vibration either the drum of my ear, or a disk of metal. How simple--and
+how simple all true science is--when we understand it.
+
+[Transcribers note 1: corrected from 'more']
+
+8. The cultivation of the scientific judgment, and the inventive powers
+of the mind. One great original investigator, made such by the direction
+given his mind in one of our common schools, would be cheaply bought at
+the price of all that the study of science in our schools will cost for
+the next quarter of a century.
+
+8. Honesty. If there is a study whose every tendency is more in the
+direction of honesty and truthfulness--both with ourselves and with
+others--than is the study of experimental science, I do not know what it
+is.
+
+Physical science, then, will help in making men and women out of our
+boys and girls. It is worthy of a fair, earnest trial everywhere.
+
+A few minutes each day in which a class or a school study science in
+some of the ways I have indicated will give a knowledge at the end of a
+term or a year of no mean value. The time thus spent will have rested
+the pupils from their books, to which they will return refreshed, and
+instead of being time lost from other study the work will have been made
+enough more earnest and intense to make it again.
+
+Apparatus for illustrating many of the ordinary facts of physics can be
+devised from materials always at hand. Many more can be made by any
+one skilled in the use of tools. In chemistry, the simplicity of the
+apparatus, and comparative cheapness of ordinary chemicals, make the use
+of a large number of beautiful and instructive experiments both easy and
+cheap.
+
+A nation is what its trades and manufactures--its inventions and
+discoveries--make it; and these depend on its trained scientific men.
+Boys become men. Their growing minds are waiting for what I urge you
+to offer. Science has never advanced without carrying practical
+civilization with it--but it has never truly advanced save by the use of
+the experimental method. _And it never will_.
+
+Let us then look forward to the time when our boys and young men--our
+girls and young women--shall extend the boundaries of human knowledge by
+its use, fitted so to do by what we may have done for them.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF THE PACIFIC.
+
+
+This society is a recent organization, the objects of which are to
+encourage geographical exploration and discovery; to investigate and
+disseminate geographical information by discussion, lectures, and
+publications; to establish in this, the chief maritime city of the
+Western States, for the benefit of commerce, navigation, and the
+industrial and material interests of the Pacific slope, a place where
+the means will be afforded of obtaining accurate information not only of
+the countries bordering on the Pacific ocean, but of every part of the
+habitable globe; to accumulate a library of the best books on geography,
+history, and statistics; to make a collection of the most recent maps
+and charts--especially those which relate to the Pacific coast, the
+islands of the Pacific and the Pacific ocean--and to enter into
+correspondence with scientific and learned societies whose objects
+include or sympathize with geography.
+
+The society will publish a bulletin and an annual journal, which will
+interchange with geographical and other societies. Monthly meetings are
+to be held, at which original papers will be read or lectures be
+given; and to which, as well as to the entertainments to distinguished
+travelers, to the conversazioni, and to the informal evenings, the
+fellows of the society will have the privilege of introducing their
+friends. The initiation fee to the society is $10; monthly dues $1; life
+fellowship $100.
+
+At a meeting held at the Palace Hotel on the 12th May, the following
+gentlemen were elected for the ensuing year: President, Geo. Davidson;
+Vice-Presidents, Hon. Ogden Hoffman, Wm. Lane Booker, H.B.M. Consul, and
+John R. Jarboe; Foreign Corresponding Sec., Francis Berton; Home Cor.
+Sec., James P. Cox; Treas., Gen. C. I. Hutchinson; Sec'y, C. Mitchell
+Grant, F.R.G.S. The council is composed of the following: Hon. Joseph W.
+Winans, Hon. J.F. Sullivan, Ralph C. Harrison, A.S. Hallidie, Thos. E.
+Stevin, F.A.G.S., W.W. Crane, Jr., W.J. Shaw, C.P. Murphy, Thos. Brice,
+Edward L.G. Steele, Gerrit L. Lansing, Joseph D. Redding. The Trustees
+are Geo. Davidson, Wm. Lane Booker, Hon. Jno. S. Hager, Geo. Chismore,
+M.D., Selim Franklin.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+THE BEHRING'S STRAITS CURRENTS.
+
+
+It will be remembered that a short time since we mentioned the fact that
+W.H. Dall, of the U. S. Coast Survey, who has passed a number of years
+in Alaskan waters, on Coast Survey duty, denied the existence of any
+branch of the Kuro Shiwo, or Japanese warm stream, in Behring's Straits.
+That is, he failed to find evidence of the existence of any such
+current, although he had made careful observations. At the islands in
+Behring's Straits, his vessel had sailed in opposite directions with ebb
+and flood tide, and he thought the only currents there were tidal in
+their nature. The existence or non-existence of this current is an
+important point in Arctic research on this side of the continent.
+
+At the last meeting of the Academy of Sciences, Prof. Davidson, of the
+U. S. Coast Survey, author of the "Alaska Coast Pilot," refuted Dr.
+Dall's opinion of the non-existence of a branch of the Kuro Shiwo, or
+Japanese warm stream, from the north Pacific into the Arctic Ocean,
+through Behring's Straits. He said that in 1857 he gave to the Academy
+his own observations, and recently he had conferred with Capt. C.L.
+Hooper, who commanded the U. S. steamer Thomas Corwin, employed as a
+revenue steam cruiser in the Arctic and around the coast of Alaska.
+Capt. Hooper confirms the opinions of all previous navigators, every one
+of which, except Dr. Dall, say that a branch of this warm stream passed
+northward into the Arctic through Behring's Strait. It is partly
+deflected by St. Lawrence Island, and closely follows the coast on the
+Alaskan side, while a cold current comes out south, past East Cape
+in Siberia, skirting the Asiatic shore past Kamschatka, and thence
+continues down the coast of China. He said ice often extended several
+miles seaward, from East Cape on the Asiatic side of Behring Strait,
+making what seamen call a false cape, and indicating cold water, while
+no such formation makes off on the American side, where the water is
+12 degrees warmer than on the Asiatic shore off the Diomede islands,
+situated in the middle of Behring's Strait, the current varies in
+intensity according to the wind.
+
+Frequently it is almost nothing for several days, when after a series of
+southerly winds the shallow Arctic basin has been filled, under a heavy
+pressure, with an unusual volume of water, and a sudden change to
+northerly winds, makes even a small current setting southward for a few
+days, just as at times the surface currents set out our Golden Gate
+continuously for 24 and 48 hours, as shown by the United States Coast
+Survey tide gauges. Whalers report that the incoming water then flows
+in, under the temporary outflowing stream.
+
+Old trees, of a variety known to grow in tropical Japan, are floated
+into the Arctic basin as far as past Point Barrow, on the American side,
+but none are found on the Asiatic side, or near Wrangell Land, where a
+cold stream exists, and ice remains late in the season. On the northern
+side of the Aleutian islands are found cocoanut husks and other tropical
+productions stranded along the beaches. The American coast of Alaska
+has a much warmer climate than the Asiatic coast of Siberia, and the
+American timber line extends very far north. The ice opens early in the
+season on the American side, and invariably late on the Asiatic.
+
+Capt. C. L. Hooper says that when just north of Behring's Strait, off
+the American coast, in the Arctic basin, the U.S. steamer Thomas Corwin,
+when becalmed for 24 hours, drifted 40 miles to the northward. From
+all these, and other facts, and the unanimous testimony of American
+whalemen, who have for years spent many months annually in the Arctic,
+and from his own observations, he argued that a branch of the Kuro-Shiwo
+or Japanese warm stream, unquestionably runs northward through Behring's
+Strait into the Arctic basin along the northwestern coast of Alaska.
+
+Prof. Davidson then called to mind the testimony in regard to the
+existence of Plover Island, between Herald Island and Wrangell Land,
+which he said was first made public through this academy. The evidence
+of Capts. Williams and Thomas Long were recited and highly praised. One
+of the officers of Admiral Rodgers' expedition climbed to near the top
+of Herald Island, at a time of great refraction, when probably a false
+horizon existed, and hence did not see Plover Island, although Wrangell
+Land was in sight.
+
+Prof. Davidson thinks all the authorities are against Dr. Dall, who
+attributes the warm current he observed on the American coast to water
+from the Yukon River and to the large expanse of shallow water exposed
+to the sun's rays. As Dall's observations only covered a few days of
+possibly exceptional weather, and the whalers and Captain Hooper's cover
+vastly longer periods, and whalers all say it is a pretty hard thing to
+beat southward through Behring's Strait, owing to the northerly current
+setting into the Arctic, we are forced to the conclusion that Dr.
+Dall has mistaken the exception for the rule, and his conclusions are
+therefore erroneous. When, in 1824, Wrangell went north, he, like
+others, always found broken ice and considerable open water. In 1867,
+when Capt. Thomas Long made his memorable survey of the coast of
+Wrangell Land, the season was an exceptionally open one, and in
+California we had heavy rains, extending into July.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+EXPERIMENTAL GEOLOGY.
+
+ARTIFICIAL PRODUCTION OF CALCAREOUS PISOLITES AND OOLITES.
+
+
+Mr. Stanislas Meunier communicates to _Le Nature_ an account of some
+interesting specimens of globular calcareous matter, resembling
+pisolites or peastones both in appearance and structure, which were
+accidentally formed as follows: The Northern Railway Company, France,
+desiring to purify some calciferous water designed for use in steam
+boilers, hit upon the ingenious expedient of treating it with lime water
+whose concentration was calculated exactly from the amount of lime
+held in the liquid to be purified. The liquids were mixed in a vast
+reservoir, to which they were led by parallel pipes, and by which they
+were given a rapid eddying motion. The transformation of the
+bicarbonate into neutral carbonate of lime being thus effected with
+the accompaniment of a circling motion, the insoluble salt which
+precipitated, instead of being deposited in an amorphous state, hardened
+into globules, the sizes of which were strictly regulated by the
+velocity of the currents. Those that have been formed at one and the
+same operation are uniform, but those formed at different times vary
+greatly--their diameters varying by at least one millimeter to one and
+a half centimeters. The surface of the smaller globules is smooth, but
+that of the larger ones is rough. Even by the naked eye, it may be
+seen that both the large and small globules are formed of regularly
+superposed concentric layers. If an extremely thin section be made
+through one of them it is found that the number of layers is very great
+and that they are remarkably regular (A). By the microscope, it has been
+ascertained that each layer is about 0.007 of a millimeter in thickness.
+
+On observing it under polarized light the calcareous substance is
+discovered to be everywhere crystallized, and this suggests the question
+whether the carbonate has here taken the form of aragonite or of
+calcite. Examination has shown it to be the latter. The density of the
+globules (2.58) is similar to that of ordinary varieties of calcite. It
+is probable that if the operation were to take place under the influence
+of heat, under the conditions above mentioned, aragonite would be
+formed. It is hardly necessary to dwell upon the possible geological
+applications of this mode of forming calcareous oolites and pisolites.
+
+
+ON CRYSTALS OF ANHYDROUS LIME.
+
+Some time ago it was discovered that some limestone, which had been
+submitted for eighteen months to a heat of nearly 1,000 degrees in
+the smelting furnaces of Leroy-Descloges (France), had given rise to
+perfectly crystallized anhydrous lime. Figure C shows three of these
+crystals magnified 300 diameters. It will be noticed that they have a
+striking analogy with grains of common salt. They are, in fact, cubes
+(often imperfect), but do not polarize light, as a substance of the
+first crystalline system should. However, it is rarely the case that the
+crystals do not have _some_ action on light. Most usually, when the two
+Nicol prisms are crossed so as to cause extinction, the crystals present
+the appearance shown at D. That is to say, while the central portion
+is totally inactive there are seen on the margins zones which greatly
+brighten the light.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+A and B.--Calcareous Pisolites and Oolites produced artificially.
+A.--External aspect and section of a Pisolite. B.--Details of internal
+structure as seen by the microscope.
+
+C and D.--Crystals of anhydrous Lime obtained artificially. C.--Crystals
+seen under the microscope in the natural light. D.--Crystals seen under
+the microscope in polarized light.
+
+The phenomenon is explained by the slow carbonization of the anhydrous
+lime under the influence of the air; the external layers passing to the
+state of carbonate of lime or Iceland spar, which, as well known, has
+great influence on polarized light. This transformation, which takes
+place without disturbing the crystalline state, does not lead to any
+general modification of the form of the crystals, and the final product
+of carbonization is a cubic form known in mineralogical language as
+_epigene_. As the molecule of spar is entirely different in form
+from the molecule of lime, the form of the crystal is not absolutely
+preserved, and there are observed on the edges of the epigene crystal
+certain grooves which correspond with a loss of substance. These grooves
+are quite visible, for example, on the crystal to the left in Fig. D.
+
+Up to the present time anhydrous lime has been known only in an
+amorphous state. The experiment which has produced it in the form noted
+above would doubtless give rise to crystallized states of other earthy
+oxides likewise, and even of alkalino-earthy oxides.
+
+
+
+
+COCCIDAE.
+
+[Footnote: A paper recently read before the California Academy of
+Sciences.]
+
+By DR. H. BEHR.
+
+
+With the exception of Hymenoptera there is no group of insects that
+interfere in so many ways in good and evil with our own interests, as
+that group of Homoptera called Coccidae.
+
+But while the Hymenoptera command our respect by an intellect that
+approaches the human, the Coccus tribe possesses only the lowest kind of
+instinct, and its females even pass the greater part of their lives in
+a mere vegetation state, without the power of locomotion or perception,
+like a plant, exhibiting only organs of assimilation and reproduction.
+
+But strange to say, these two groups, otherwise so very dissimilar,
+exhibit again a resemblance in their product. Both produce honey and
+wax.
+
+It is true, the honey of this tribe is almost exclusively used by the
+ants. But I have tasted the honey-like secretion of an Australian
+lecanium living; on the leaves of Eucalyptus dumosus; and the manna
+mentioned in Scripture is considered the secretion of Coccus manniparus
+(Ehrenberg) that feeds on a tamarix, and whose product is still used by
+the native tribes round Mount Sinai.
+
+Several species of Coccides are used for the production of wax; many
+more, among which the Cochenill, for dyes.
+
+All these substances can be obtained in other ways, even the Cochenill
+is to a great extent superseded by aniline dyes, but in regard to one
+production, indispensable to a great extent, we are entirely dependent
+on some insects of this family; it is the Shellac, lately also found in
+the desert regions around the Gila and Colorado on the Larrea Mexicana.
+You will remember that excellent treatise on this variety of Shellac,
+written by Professor J.M. Stillman at Berkeley, on its chemical
+peculiarities.
+
+But all these different forms of utility fall very lightly in weight,
+and can not even be counted as an extenuating circumstance, when we
+compare them to the enormous evils brought on farmer and gardener by the
+hosts of those Coccides that visit plantations, hothouses, and orchards.
+
+To combat successfully against these insect-pests we have first to study
+their habits and then adapt to them our remedies, which you will see
+are more effective when well administered than those which we possess
+against insect pests of other classes.
+
+I give here only the outlines of their natural history, peculiarities
+that are common to all, for it would be impossible to go into detail.
+Where there are exceptions of practical importance I will mention them.
+
+In countries with a well defined winter the winged males appear as
+soon as white frosts are no more usual, and copulate with the unwieldy
+limbless female, that looks more like a gall or morbid excrescence, than
+a living animal. Shortly after the young ones are perceptible near the
+withered body of their mother, covered by waxy secretions that look
+somewhat like a feathery down.
+
+These young ones are lively enough, they move about with agility, and
+it is not till high summer that they fasten themselves permanently, and
+lose feet and antennae, organs of locomotion and perception that are no
+more of any use to them. (There is a slight difference in this regard
+between different genera, as for instance, Coccus and Dorthesia retain
+these organs in different degrees of imperfection, Lecanium and
+Aspidiotus losing every trace of them.)
+
+In this limbless, senseless state the females remain fall and winter.
+Toward the end of winter these animated galls begin to swell, and those
+containing males enter the state of the chrysalis, from which the males
+emerge at the beginning of the warm season and fecundate the gall-like
+females, which undergo neither chrysalis state nor any other change, but
+die, or we may call it dissolve into their offspring, for there scarcely
+remains anything of them, except a pruinous kind of down, after having
+given birth to the young ones.
+
+Now we come to the practical deduction from these facts. It is clear
+that the only time when the scalebug can emigrate and infest a new
+tree is the time when it is a larva, that is, when it has the power of
+locomotion. In countries with a pronounced winter this time begins
+much later than with us, but it ends about the same time, that is, the
+beginning of August. I have seen the male of Aspidiotus in February, so
+that the active larva may be expected in March, and the active Lecanium
+Hesperidum I have seen last year, June 27, at Colonel Hooper's ranch in
+Sonoma County. We may safely fix the time of the active scalebug from
+March to August.
+
+Notwithstanding the agility of the young scalebug, the voyage from one
+tree to another, considering the minute size of the traveler, is an
+undertaking but seldom succeeding, but one female bug, if we take
+into account its enormous fertility, is sufficient to cover with its
+grandchildren next year a tree of moderate size.
+
+Besides there is another and much more effective way of transmigration
+by the kind assistance of the ant who colonizes the scalebug as well for
+its wax as it colonizes the Aphis for its honey. Birds on their feathers
+and the gardener himself on his dress contribute to spread them.
+
+But even the ant can not transplant the scalebug when it is once firmly
+fixed by its rostrum.
+
+It is evident, therefore, that the time for the application of
+insecticides is the time when all the scalebugs are fixed, that is about
+the end of July or beginning of August. All previous application will
+clean the tree or plant only for a time, and does not prevent a more or
+less numerous immigration from the neighboring vegetation, especially if
+an ant-hill is not far off.
+
+As to the insecticide, there are to be applied two very effective ones,
+each with its advantages and disadvantages.
+
+1. Petroleum and its different preparations.
+
+2. Lye or soap.
+
+The petroleum is the best disinfectant. It can safely be applied to any
+cutting or stem, as long as it is not planted, but is one of the most
+invidious substances when applied to vegetation in the garden, or
+fields. If effectively applied, it can not be prevented from running
+down the bark of the tree and entering the ground, where every drop
+binds a certain amount of earth to an insoluble substance, in which
+state it remains for ever. With every application the quantity of these
+insoluble compounds is augmented and sterility added.
+
+If I am not mistaken, it was near Antwerp--at least I am certain it was
+in Belgium--where the first experience of this kind is recorded.
+
+In France, preparations of coal tar have been recommended and have
+been lately used in the form of a paint. May be that in this form the
+substance is not so apt to enter into combinations with the soil. At any
+rate, the method is of too recent a date to permit any conclusions about
+the final result of these applications, as the invidious nature of the
+substance produces, by gradual accumulation, its effects, which are not
+perceived until they are irreparable.
+
+2. Lye or soap. The application of these insecticides requires more
+care, and is therefore more troublesome. But instead of attracting
+fertility from the soil, they add to it. In Southern Europe soap
+and water has been for many years the remedy against the Lecanium
+Hesperidum. The method applied by the farmers in Portugal, as described
+to me by Dr. Bleasdale, is perhaps the most perfect one. The Portuguese
+have very well observed that the colonization of scalebugs always begins
+at the lowest end of the trunk and pretend, therefore, that the scalebug
+comes out of the ground. This, of course, is not the case, but may their
+interpretation be an error, they have been practical enough in utilizing
+their observation about the invasion beginning near the roots. They
+knead a ring of clay round the tree, in which ring the soap water runs
+when they wash the tree, and besides, they fill frequently the little
+ditch formed by this ring.
+
+This arrangement of course is only possible in climates of a rainy
+summer.
+
+As it is our object to make our knowledge as available as possible for
+practical purposes, I repeat for the benefit of cultivators the advice,
+without repeating the reasoning:
+
+1. Use the petroleum for disinfecting imported trees and cuttings:
+
+2. Use soap for cleaning trees planted in your orchard.
+
+3. If you must use the petroleum in your garden, use it in August, when
+a single application is sufficient.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+AGRICULTURAL ITEMS.
+
+
+The exportation of dried apples from this country to France has greatly
+increased of late years, and now it is said that a large part of this
+useful product comes back in the shape of Normandy cider and light
+claret.
+
+A.B. Goodsell says in the _New York Tribune_: "Put your hen feed around
+the currants. I did this twice a week during May and June, and not a
+currant worm was seen, while every leaf was eaten off other bushes 150
+feet distant, and not so treated."
+
+Buckwheat may be made profitable upon a piece of rough or newly cleared
+ground: No other crop is so effective in mellowing rough, cloddy land.
+The seed in northern localities should be sown before July 12; otherwise
+early frosts may catch the crops. Grass and clover may sometimes be sown
+successfully with buckwheat.
+
+The London News says: "Of all poultry breeding, the rearing of the goose
+in favorable situations is said to be the least troublesome and most
+profitable. It is not surprising, therefore, that the trade has of late
+years been enormously developed. Geese will live, and, to a certain
+extent, thrive on the coarsest of grasses."
+
+When a cow has a depraved appetite, and chews coarse, indigestible
+things, or licks the ground, it indicates indigestion, and she should
+have some physic. Give one pint and a half of linseed oil, one pound of
+Epsom salts, and afterward give in some bran one ounce of salt and the
+same of ground ginger twice a week.
+
+Asiatic breeds of fowl lay eggs from deep chocolate through every shade
+of coffee color, while the Spanish, Hamburg, and Italian breeds are
+known for the pure white of the eggshell. A cross, however remote, with
+Asiatics, will cause even the last-named breeds to lay an egg slightly
+tinted.
+
+In setting out currant bushes care should be exercised not to place any
+buds under ground, or they will push out as so many suckers. Currants
+are great feeders, and should be highly manured. To destroy the worm,
+steep one table-spoonful of hellebore in a pint of water, and sprinkle
+the bushes. Two or three sprinklings are sufficient for one season.
+
+Mr. Joseph Harris, of Rochester, makes a handy box for protecting melons
+and cucumbers from insect enemies. Take two strips of board of the
+required size, and fasten them together with a piece of muslin, so the
+muslin will form the top and two sides of the box. Then stretch into
+box form by inserting a small strip of wood as a brace between the two
+boards. This makes a good, serviceable box, and, when done with for the
+season, it can be packed into a very small space, by simply removing the
+brace and bringing the two board sides together. As there is no patent
+on the contrivance, anybody can make the boxes for himself.
+
+Mr. C. S. Read recently said before the London Fanners' Club: "American
+agriculturists get up earlier, are better educated, breed their stock
+more scientifically, use more machinery, and generally bring more
+brains to bear upon their work than the English farmer. The practical
+conclusion is, that if farmers in England worked hard, lived frugally,
+were clad as meanly as those of the States, were content to drink filthy
+tea three times a day, read more and hunted less, the majority of them
+may continue to live in the old country."--_N. E. Farmer_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+TIMBER TREES.
+
+
+A paper was read by Sir R. Christison at the last meeting of the
+Edinburgh Botanical Society upon the "Growth of Wood in 1880." In a
+former paper, he said, he endeavored to show that, in the unfavorable
+season of 1879, the growth of wood of all kinds of trees was materially
+less than in the comparatively favorable season of 1878. He had now to
+state results of measurements of the same trees for the recent favorable
+season of 1880. The previous autumn was unfavorable for the ripening of
+young wood, and the trees in an unprepared condition were exposed during
+a great part of December, 1879, to an asperity of climate unprecedented
+in this latitude. This might have led one to expect a falling off in the
+growth of wood, and it appeared, from comparison of measurements, that,
+with very few exceptions, the growth of wood last year was even more
+below the average of favorable years than that of the bad year, 1879.
+Thus, in fifteen leaf-shedding trees of various species, exclusive of
+the oak, the average growth of trunk girth in three successive years
+was: 1878, 8-10ths; 1879, 45-100ths; 1880, 3-10ths and a half. In
+four specimens of the oak tribe, the growth was: 1878, 8-10ths; 1879,
+77-100ths; 1880, 54-100ths. In twenty specimens of the evergreen
+Pinaceae the growth was: 1878, 8-10ths; 1879, 7-10ths; 1880, 6-10ths and
+a half. After giving details in regard to particular trees, Sir Robert
+stated, as general deductions from his observations, that leaf-shedding
+trees, exclusive of the oak, suffered most; that the evergreen Pinaceae
+suffered least; and that there was some power of resistance on the part
+of the oak tribe which was remarkable, the power of resistance of the
+Hungary oak being particularly deserving of attention. In another
+communication on the "extent of the season of growth," Sir Robert
+stated, as the result of observations on five leaf-shedding and five
+evergreen trees, that in the case of the former, even in a fine year,
+the growth of wood was confined very nearly, if not entirely, to the
+months of June, July, and August; while in the case of the latter growth
+commenced a month sooner, terminating, however, about the same time. Mr.
+A. Buchan said it was proposed that the inquiry should be taken up more
+extensively over Scotland.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+MEDICAL USES OF FIGS.--Prof. Bouchut speaks (_Comptes Rendus_) of some
+experiments he has made, going to show that the milky juice of the
+fig-tree possesses a digestive power. He also observed that, when some
+of this preparation was mixed with animal tissue, it preserved it
+it from decay for a long time. This fact, in connection with Prof.
+Billroth's case of cancer of the breast, which was so excessively foul
+smelling that all his deodorizers failed, but which, on applying a
+poultice made of dried figs cooked in milk, the previously unbearable
+odor was entirely done away with, gives an importance to this homely
+remedy not to be denied.--_Medical Press and Circ._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+BLOOD RAIN.
+
+
+The sensibilities of ignorant or superstitious people have at various
+times been alarmed by the different phenomena of so-called blood, ink,
+or sulphur rains. Ehrenberg very patiently collected records of the most
+prominent instances of these, and published them in his treatise on the
+dust of trade winds. Some, it is known, are due to soot; others, to
+pollen of conifers or willows; others, to the production of fungi and
+algae.
+
+Many of the tales of the descent of showers of blood from the clouds
+which are so common in old chronicles, depends, says Mr. Berkeley, the
+mycologist, upon the multitudinous production of infusorial insects or
+some of the lower algae. To this category belongs the phenomenon known
+under the name of "red snow." One of the most peculiar and remarkable
+form, which is apparently virulent only in very hot seasons, is caused
+by the rapid production of little blood-red spots on cooked vegetables
+or decaying fungi, so that provisions which were dressed only the
+previous day are covered with a bright scarlet coat, which sometimes
+penetrates deeply into their substance. This depends upon the growth of
+a little plant which has been referred to the algae, under the name
+of _Palmellae prodigiosa_. The rapidity with which this little plant
+spreads over meat and vegetables is quite astonishing, making them
+appear precisely as if spotted with arterial blood; and what increases
+the illusion is, that there are little detached specks, exactly as if
+they had been squirted from a small artery. The particles of which the
+substance is composed have an active molecular motion, but the morphosis
+of the production has not yet been properly observed. The color of the
+so-called "blood rain" is so beautiful that attempts have been made
+to use it as a dye, and with some success; and could the plant be
+reproduced with any constancy, there seems little doubt that the color
+would stand. On the same paste with the "blood-rain" there have been
+observed white, blue, and yellow spots, which were not distinguishable
+in structure and character.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+TOPICAL MEDICATION IN PHTHISIS.
+
+
+Dr. G.H. Mackenzie reports in the _Lancet_ an acute case of phthisis
+which was successfully treated by him by causing the patient to respire
+as continuously as possible, through a respirator devised for the
+purpose, an antiseptic atmosphere. The result obtained appears to bear
+out the experiments of Schueller of Greifswald, who found that animals
+rendered artificially tuberculous were cured by being made to inhale
+creosote water for lengthened periods. Intermittent spraying or inhaling
+does not produce the same result. In order to insure success the
+application to the lungs must be made _continuously_. For this purpose
+Dr. Mackenzie has used various volatile antiseptics, such as creosote,
+carbolic acid, and thymol. The latter, however, he has discarded
+as being too irritating and inefficient. Carbolic acid seems to be
+absorbed, for it has been detected freely in the urine after it had been
+inhaled; but this does not happen with creosote. As absorption of the
+particular drug employed is not necessary, and therefore not to be
+desired, Dr. Mackenzie now uses creosote only, either pure or dissolved
+in one to three parts of rectified spirits. "Whether," says he, "the
+success so far attained is due to the antidotal action of creosote and
+carbolic acid on a specific tubercular neoplasm, or to their action as
+preventives of septic poisoning from the local center in the lungs,
+it is certain that their continuous, steady use in the manner just
+described has a decidedly curative action in acute phthisis, and is
+therefore, worthy of an extended trial."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ON THE LAW OF AVOGADRO AND AMPERE.
+
+
+The Scientific American Supplement of May 14,1881, contains, under this
+head, Mr. Wm. H. Greene's objections to my demonstration (in No. 270
+of the same paper) of the error of Avogadro's hypothesis. The most
+important part of my argument is based on the evidence afforded by the
+compound cyanogen; and Mr. Greene, directing his attention to this
+subject in the first place, states that because cyanogen combines
+with hydrogen or with chlorine, without diminution of volumes, I have
+concluded that the hypothesis falls to the ground. This statement has
+impressed me with the conviction that Mr. Greene has failed to perceive
+the difficulty which is at the bottom of the question, and I will,
+therefore, present the subject more fully and comprehensively.
+
+The molecule of any elementary body is, on the ground of the hypothesis,
+assumed to be a compound of two atoms, and the molecule of carbon
+consequently C_2=24; that of nitrogen N_2=28. Combination of the two,
+according to the same hypothesis, takes place by substitution; the
+atoms are supposed to be set free and to exchange places, forming a
+new compound different from the original only in this: that each new
+particle contains an atom of each of the two different substances, while
+each original particle consists of two identical atoms. The product is,
+therefore, assumed to be, and can, under the circumstances, be no other
+than particles of the composition CN and weight 26. These particles are
+molecules, according to the definition laid down, just as C_2 and N_2;
+but there is this essential difference, that the specific gravity of
+cyanogen gas, 26, coincides with the molecular weight, while the assumed
+molecular weight, N_2=28, is twice as great as the specific gravity of
+the gas, N=14.
+
+In using the term molecular weight, it is to be remembered that it does
+not express the weight of single molecules, but only their relative
+weight, millions of millions molecules being contained in the unit of
+volume. But on the hypothesis that there is the same number of molecules
+in the same volume of any gas, the specific gravities of gases can be,
+and are, identified with their molecular weights, and, on the ground of
+the hypothesis again, the unit of the numbers which enter into every
+chemical reaction and constitute the molecular weight, is stipulated to
+be that contained in two volumes.
+
+The impossibility of the correctness of the hypothesis is now revealed
+by the fact just demonstrated, that in the case of nitrogen the specific
+gravity does not coincide with the molecular weight. If equal volumes
+contain the same number of molecules, the specific gravities and the
+molecular weights must be the same; and if the specific gravities and
+molecular weights are not the same, equal volumes cannot contain the
+same number of molecules. The assumed molecular weight of nitrogen is
+twice as great as the specific gravity, but the molecular weight and
+the specific gravity of cyanogen are identical; the number of molecules
+contained in one volume of cyanogen must, therefore, necessarily be
+twice as great as the number contained in one of nitrogen, and this is
+fully and completely borne out by the chemical facts.
+
+In saying that when cyanogen combines with chlorine there is naturally
+no condensation, Mr. Greene has no idea that this natural law is fatal
+to his artificial law of Avogadro and Ampere; "for," continues he, "the
+theory is fulfilled by the actual reaction." It is not. The theory
+requires two vols. of cyanogen and two vols. of chlorine, that is, the
+unit of numbers, to enter into reaction and to produce two vols. of
+the compound. But they produce four vols., and the non-condensation is
+therefore in opposition to the theory. It is true beyond doubt that the
+molecular weight of cyanogen chloride is contained in two volumes, in
+spite of the hypothesis, not on the ground of it; two vols. + two vols.,
+producing four vols.; two vols. could, theoretically, contain only half
+the unit of numbers, and there seems to be no escape from the following
+general conclusions:
+
+1. Two vols. of CNCl, representing the unit of numbers, the constituent
+weights, C=12, N=14, Cl=35.5, must each, likewise, represent the same
+number; the molecular weight is, therefore, contained in one vol. of N
+or Cl, but in two of CNCl and equal numbers are not contained in equal
+volumes.
+
+2. The weights N=14, Cl=35.5 occupy in the free state one volume, but
+in the combination, CNCl, two volumes; their specific gravity is,
+therefore, by chemical action reduced to one half. The fact thus
+elicited of the variability and variation of the specific gravity is of
+fundamental importance and involves the irrelevancy of the mathematical
+demonstration of the hypothesis. In this demonstration the specific
+gravity is assumed to be constant, and this assumption not holding good,
+and the number of molecules in unit of volume being reduced to one half
+when the specific gravity is reduced to the same extent by chemical
+action, it is obvious that the mathematical proof must fail. Mr. Greene
+states that I have proceeded to demolish C. Clerk Maxwell's conclusion
+from mathematical reasoning. This is incorrect; I have found no fault
+with the conclusion of the celebrated mathematician, and consider his
+reasoning unimpeachable. I am also of opinion that he is entitled to
+great credit and respect for the prominent part he has taken in the
+development of the kinetic theory, and further think that it was for
+the chemists to produce the fact of the variability of the specific
+gravities, which they would probably not have failed to do but for the
+prevalence of Avogadro's hypothesis, which is virtually the assertion of
+the constancy of the specific gravities.
+
+3. The unit of numbers being represented by Cl=35.5, it is likewise
+represented by H=1, and as the product of the union of the two elements
+is HCl, 36.5 = two vols., combination takes place by addition and not by
+substitution; consequently are
+
+4. The elementary molecules not compounds of atoms? And the distinction
+between atoms and molecules is an artificial one, not justified by the
+natural facts.
+
+5. Is the molecular weight not in every instance = two volumes?
+
+These conclusions overthrow all the fundamental assumptions on which the
+hypothesis rests, and leave it, in the full meaning of the term, without
+support. Though Mr. Greene states that my arguments are based upon
+entirely erroneous premises, he has not even attempted to invalidate a
+single one of my premises.
+
+As he considers the non-condensation to be natural in the case of
+cyanogen and chlorine, the condensation of two vols. of HCl + two vols.
+of H_3N to two vols. of NH_4Cl ought to appear to him unnatural. He,
+however, contends for it, and tries, on this solitary occasion, to
+strengthen his opinion by authority, though the proof, if it could be
+given, that ammonium chloride at the temperature of volatilization is
+decomposed into its two constituents, would be insufficient to uphold
+the theory.
+
+The ground on which Mr. Greene assumes a partial decomposition at 350 deg.
+C. is the slight excess of the observed density (14.43) over that
+corresponding to four vols. (13.375). There is, however, a similar
+slight excess in the case of the vapor of ammonium cyanide, the same
+values being respectively 11.4 and 11; and as this compound is volatile
+at 100 deg. C and, at the same time, is capable to exist at a very high
+temperature, being formed by the union of carbon with ammonia, nobody
+has ever, as far as I am aware, maintained that it is completely or
+partially decomposed at volatilization. The excess of weight not being
+due, therefore, to such cause in this case, it cannot be due to it in
+the other.
+
+The question being whether the molecular weight of ammonium chloride
+is two vols. or four vols., an idea of the magnitude of the assumed
+decomposition is conveyed by the proportion of the volume of the
+decomposed salt to the volume of the non-decomposed, and Mr. Greene's
+quotation of the percentage of weight is irrelevant and misleading, and
+his number not even correct. A mixture containing
+
+ 1.055 vols. of spec. gr. 26.75 = 28.22 and
+ 12.32 " " " " 13.375 = 164.78
+ ------ ------
+ 13.375 " 193
+
+has the spec. gr. 193 / 13.375 = 14.43. The proportion in one vol. of
+the undecomposed to the decomposed salt is, therefore, as 1 to 11.68 and
+the percentage of volume of the former 0.0789, and that of weight 28.22
+/ 193 = 0.146, and not 0.16.
+
+It is not easy to imagine why a small fraction of the heavy molecules
+should be volatilized undecomposed, the temperature being sufficient
+to decompose the great bulk. Marignac assumes, indeed, partial
+decomposition, but the difficulties which he encountered in making the
+experiments, on the results of which his opinion rests, were so great
+that he himself accords to the numbers obtained by him only the value of
+a rough approximation.
+
+The heat absorbed in volatilization will comprise the heat of
+combination as well as of aggregation, if decomposition takes place, and
+will therefore be the same as that set free at combination. Favre and
+Silbermann found this to be 743.5 at ordinary temperature, from which
+Marignac concludes that it would be 715 for the temperature 350 deg.; he
+found as the heat of volatilization 706, but considers the probable
+exact value to be between 617 and 818.[1]
+
+[Footnote 1: See _Comptes Rendus_, t. lxvii., p. 877.]
+
+An uncertainty within so wide a range does not justify the confidence
+of Mr. Greene which he expresses in these words: "It is, therefore,
+extremely probable that ammonium chloride is almost entirely
+dissociated, even at the temperature of volatilization." By Boettinger's
+apparatus a decomposition may possibly have been demonstrated, but it
+remains to be seen whether it is not due to some special cause.
+
+When Mr. Greene says that the relations between the physical properties
+of solids and liquids and their molecular composition can in no
+manner affect the laws of gases, nobody is likely to dissent; but the
+conclusion that their discussion is foreign to the question of the
+number of molecules in unit of volume does by no means follow. If the
+specific gravity of a solid or the weight of unit of volume represents
+a certain number of molecules, and is found to occupy two volumes in a
+compound of the solid with another solid, the number of molecules in one
+volume is reduced to one half. This I have shown to be the case in a
+number of compounds, and the decrease of the specific gravity with
+increase of the complexity of composition appears to be a general law,
+as may be concluded from the very low specific gravity of the most
+highly organized compounds, for instance the fatty bodies, the molecules
+of which, being composed of very many constituents, are of heavy weight;
+and likewise the compounds which occur in combination with water and
+without it, the simpler compound having invariably a greater specific
+gravity than the one combined with water; for instance:
+
+ BaH_2O_2 sp. gr. 4.495
+ " " + 8H_2O " 1.656
+ S_2H_2O_2 " 3.625
+ " " + 8H_2O " 1.396
+ FeSO_4 " 3.138
+ " + 7H_2O " 1.857
+
+and so in every other case. This is now a recurrence of what takes
+place in gases, and proves the fallacy of the hypothesis; for if these
+compounds could be volatilized the vapor densities would necessarily
+vary in the inverse proportion of the degree of composition.
+
+The reproach that Berthelot has been endeavoring for nearly a quarter of
+a century to hold back the progress of scientific chemistry, is a great
+and unjustifiable misrepresentation of the distinguished chemist
+and member of the Institute of France, who has done so much for
+thermo-chemistry, and the more unfortunate as it seems to serve only the
+purpose of a prelude to the following sentences: "But Mr. Vogel cannot
+claim, as can Mr. Berthelot, any real work or experiment, however
+roughly performed, suggested by the desire to prove the truth of his
+own views. Let him not, then, bring forth old and long since explained
+discrepancies, ... but when he will have discovered new or overlooked
+facts ... chemists will gladly listen." ... Mr. Greene is here no longer
+occupied to investigate whether what I have said concerning Avogadro's
+hypothesis is true or false, but with myself he has become personal, and
+in noticing his remarks my sole object is to contend against an error
+which is much prevalent. If, according to Mr. Greene, the real work of
+science consists in experimenting, and conclusions unsupported by our
+own experiments have no value, it does not appear for what purpose he
+has published his answer to my paper; an experiment of his, settling
+Marignac's uncertain results, would have justified the reliance he
+places on them. The ground he takes is utterly untenable. Experiments
+are necessary to establish facts; without them there could be no
+science, and the highest credit is due to those who perform successfully
+difficult or costly experiments. Experimenting is, however, not the
+aim and object of science, but the means to arrive at the truth; and
+discoveries derived from accumulated and generally accepted facts are
+not the less valuable on account of not having been derived from new and
+special experiment.
+
+It is, further, far from true that the real work of science consists
+in experimenting; mental work is not less required, and the greatest
+results have not been obtained by experimenters, but by the mental labor
+of those who have, from the study of established facts, arrived at
+conclusions which the experimenters had failed to draw. This is
+naturally so, because a great generalization must explain all the facts
+involved, and can be derived only from their study; but the attention
+of the experimenter is necessarily absorbed by the special work he
+undertakes. I refer to the three greatest events in science: the
+discovery of the Copernican system, the three laws of Kepler, and
+Newton's law of gravitation, none of which is due to direct and special
+experimentation. Copernicus was an astronomer, but the discovery of his
+system is due chiefly to his study of the complications of the Ptolemaic
+system. Kepler is a memorable witness of what can be accomplished by
+skillful and persistent mental labor. "His discoveries were secrets
+extorted from nature by the most profound and laborious research." The
+discovery of his third law is said to have occupied him seventeen years.
+Newton's great discovery is likewise the result of mental labor; he was
+enabled to accomplish it by means of the laws of Kepler, the laws of
+falling bodies established by Galileo, and Picard's exact measurement of
+a degree of a meridian.
+
+If, then, mental work is as indispensable as experimental, it is not
+less true that there are men more specially fitted for the one, others
+for the other, and the best interests of science will be served when
+experiments are made by those specially adapted, skillful, and favorably
+situated, and the possibly greatest number of men, able and willing to
+do mental work, engage in extracting from the accumulated treasures of
+experimental science all the results which they are capable to yield.
+Any truth discovered by this means is clear gain, and saves the waste
+of time, labor, and money spent in unnecessary experiment. Mr. Greene's
+zeal for experiment and depreciation of mental work would be in order,
+if ways and means were to be found to render the advancement of science
+as difficult and slow as possible; they are decidedly not in the
+interest of science, and can not have been inspired by a desire for its
+promotion.
+
+As the evidence of the specific heats of the fallacy of Avogadro's
+hypothesis involves lengthy explanations, the subject is reserved for
+another paper.
+
+San Francisco, Cal., May, 1881.
+
+E. VOGEL.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+DYEING REDS WITH ARTIFICIAL ALIZARIN.
+
+By M. MAURICE PRUD'HOMME.
+
+
+Since several years, the methods of madder dyeing have undergone a
+complete revolution, the origin of which we will seek to point out. When
+artificial alizarin, thanks to the beautiful researches of Graebe and
+Liebermann, made its industrial appearance in 1869, it was soon found
+that the commercial product, though yielding beautiful purples, was
+incapable of producing brilliant reds (C. Koechlin). While admitting
+that the new product was identical with the alizarin extracted from
+madder, we were led to conclude that in order to produce fine Turkey
+reds, the coloring matters which accompany alizarin must play an
+important part. This was the idea propounded by Kuhlmann as far back as
+1828 (_Soc. Ind. de Mulhouse_, 49, p. 86). According to the researches
+of MM. Schuetzenberger and Schiffert, the coloring matters of madder
+are alizarin, purpurin, pseudopurpurin, purpuroxanthin, and an orange
+matter, which M. Rosenstiehl considers identical with hydrated purpurin.
+Subsequently, there have been added to the list an orange body,
+purpuroxantho-carbonic acid of Schunck and Roemer, identical with the
+munjistin found by Stenhouse in the madder of India. It was known
+that purpuroxanthin does not dye; that pseudopurpurin is very easily
+transformed into purpurin, and the uncertainty which was felt concerning
+hydrated purpurin left room merely for the hypothesis that Turkey-red
+is obtained by the concurrent action of alizarin and purpurin. In the
+meantime, the manufacture of artificial alizarin became extended, and a
+compound was sold as "alizarin for reds." It is now known, thanks to the
+researches of Perkin, Schunck, Roemer, Graebe, and Liebermann, that in
+the manufacture of artificial alizarin there are produced three distinct
+coloring matters--alizarin, iso or anthrapurpurin, and flavopurpurin,
+the two latter being isomers of purpurin. We may remark that purpurin
+has not been obtained by direct synthesis. M. de Lalande has produced
+it by the oxidation of alizarin. Alizarin is derived from
+monosulphanthraquinonic acid, on melting with the hydrate of potassa or
+soda. It is a dioxyanthraquinone.
+
+Anthrapurpurin and flavopurpurin are obtained from two isomeric
+disulphanthraquinonic acids, improperly named isoanthraflavic and
+anthraflavic acids, which are converted into anthrapurpurin and
+flavopurpurin by a more profound action of potassa. These two bodies are
+trioxyanthraquinones.
+
+We call to mind that alizarin dyes reds of a violet tone, free from
+yellow; roses with a blue cast and beautiful purples. Anthrapurpurin and
+flavopurpurin differ little from each other, though the shades dyed
+with the latter are more yellow. The reds produced with these coloring
+matters have a very bright yellowish reflection, but the roses are too
+yellow and the purples incline to a dull gray.
+
+Experience with the madder colors shows that a mixture of alizarin and
+purpurin yields the most beautiful roses in the steam style, but it is
+not the same in dyeing, where the roses got with fleur de garance have
+never been equaled.
+
+"Alizarins for reds" all contain more or less of alizarin properly
+so-called, from 1 to 10 per cent., along with anthrapurpurin and
+flavopurpurin. This proportion does not affect the tone of the reds
+obtained further than by preventing them by having too yellow a tone.
+
+The first use of the alizarins for reds was for application of styles,
+that is colors containing at once the mordant and the coloring matter
+and fixed upon the cloth by the action of steam. Good steam-reds were
+easily obtained by using receipts originally designed for extracts of
+madder (mixtures of alizarin and purpurin). On the other hand, the first
+attempts at dyeing red grounds and red pieces were not successful. The
+custom of dyeing up to a brown with fleur and then lightening the shade
+by a succession of soapings and cleanings had much to do with this
+failure. Goods, mordanted with alumina and dyed with alizarin for reds
+up to saturation, never reach the brown tone given by fleur or garancin.
+This tone is due in great part to the presence of fawn colored matters,
+which the cleanings and soapings served to destroy or remove. The same
+operations have also another end--to transform the purpurin into its
+hydrate, which is brighter and more solid. The shade, in a word, loses
+in depth and gains in brightness. With alizarins for reds, the case is
+quite different; they contain no impurities to remove and no bodies
+which may gain brightness in consequence of chemical changes under the
+influence of the clearings and soapings. These have only one result, in
+addition to the formation of a lake of fatty acid, that is to make the
+shades lose in intensity. The method of subjecting reds got up with
+alizarin to the same treatment as madder-reds was faulty.
+
+There appeared next a method of dyeing bases upon different
+principles. The work of M. Schuetzenberger (1864) speaks of the use of
+sulpho-conjugated fatty acids for the fixation of aniline colors. In
+England, for a number of years, dyed-reds had been padded in soap-baths
+and afterwards steamed to brighten the red. In 1867, Braun and Cordier,
+of Rouen, exhibited Turkey reds dyed in five days. The pieces were
+passed through aluminate of soda at 18 deg. B., then through ammonium
+chloride, washed, dyed with garancin, taken through an oil-bath, dried
+and steamed for an hour, and were finally cleared in the ordinary manner
+for Turkey-reds. The oil-bath was prepared by treating olive-oil with
+nitric acid. This preparation, invented by Hirn, was applied since 1846
+by Braun (Braun and Cordier). Since 1849, Gros, Roman, and Marozeau,
+of Wesserling, printed fine furniture styles by block upon pieces
+previously taken through sulpholeic acid. When the pieces were steamed
+and washed the reds and roses were superior to the old dyed reds and
+roses produced at the cost of many sourings and soapings. Certain makers
+of aniline colors sold mixtures ready prepared for printing which were
+known to contain sulpholeic acids. There was thus an idea in the air
+that sulpholeic acid, under the influence of steam, formed brilliant and
+solid lakes with coloring matters. These facts detract in nothing from
+the merit of M. Horace Koechlin, who combined these scattered data
+into a true discovery. The original process may be summed up under the
+following heads: Printing or padding with an aluminous mordant, which is
+fixed and cleaned in the usual manner; dyeing in alizarin for reds with
+addition of calcium acetate; padding in sulpholeic acid and drying;
+steaming and soaping. The process was next introduced into England,
+whence it returned with the following modifications; in place of
+olive-oil or oleic acid, castor oil was used, as cheaper, and the number
+of operations was reduced. Castor oil, modified by sulphuric acid, can
+be introduced at once into the dye-beck, so that the fixation of the
+coloring matter as the lake of a fatty acid is effected in a single
+operation. The dyeing was then followed by steaming and soaping.
+
+For red on white grounds and for red grounds, a mordant of red liquor at
+5 deg. to 6 deg. B. is printed on, with a little salt of tin or nitro-muriate of
+tin. It is fixed by oxidation at 30 deg. to 35 deg. C., and dunged with cow-dung
+and chalk. The pieces are then dyed with 1 part alizarin for reds at 10
+per cent., 1/4 to 1/2 oil for reds (containing 50 per cent.), 1-6th part
+acetate of lime at 15 deg. B., giving an hour at 70 deg. and half an hour at the
+same heat. Wash, pad in oil (50 to 100 grms. per liter of water), dry on
+the drum, or better, in the hot flue, and steam for three-quarters to an
+hour and a half. The padding in oil is needless, if sufficient oil has
+been used in dyeing, and the pieces may be at once dried and steamed.
+Wash and soap for three-quarters of an hour at 60 deg.. Give a second
+soaping if necessary. If there is no fear of soiling the whites, dye at
+a boil for the last half-hour, which is in part equal to steaming.
+
+Red pieces and yarns may be dyed by the process just given for red
+grounds; or, prepare in neutral red oil, in the proportion of 150 grms.
+per liter of water for pieces and 15 kilos for 100 kilos of yarns. For
+pieces, pad with an ordinary machine with rollers covered with
+calico. Dry the pieces in the drum, and the yarn in the stove. Steam
+three-quarters of an hour at 11/2 atmosphere. Mordant in pyrolignite of
+alumina at 10 deg. B., and wash thoroughly. Dye for an hour at 70 deg., and half
+an hour longer at the same heat, using for 100 kilos of cloth or yarn 20
+kilos alizarin at 10 per cent., 10 kilos acetate of lime at 18 deg. B., and
+5 kilos sulpholeic acid. Steam for an hour. Soap for a longer or shorter
+time, with or without the addition of soda crystals. There may be added
+to the aluminous mordant a little salt of tin to raise the tone. Lastly,
+aluminate of soda may be used as a mordant in place of red liquor or
+sulphate of alumina.
+
+Certain firms employ a so-called continuous process. The pieces are
+passed into a cistern 6 meters long and fitted with rollers. This
+dye-bath contains, from 3 to 5 grms. of alizarin per liter of water, and
+is heated to 98 deg.. The pieces take 5 minutes to traverse this cistern,
+and, owing to the high temperature and the concentration of the dye
+liquor, they come out perfectly dyed. Two pieces may even be passed
+through at once, one above the other. As the dye-bath becomes exhausted,
+it must be recruited from time to time with fresh quantities of
+alizarin. The great advantage of this method is that it economizes not
+merely time but coloring matter.
+
+The quantity of acetate of lime to be employed in dyeing varies with the
+composition of the mordant and with that of the water. Schlumberger has
+shown that Turkey-red contains 4 molecules of alumina to 3 of lime.
+Rosenstiehl has shown that alumina mordants are properly saturated if
+two equivalents of lime are used for each equivalent of alizarin, if the
+dyeing is done without oil. These figures require to be modified when
+the oil is put into the dye beck, as it precipitates the lime. Acetate
+of lime at 15 deg. B., obtained by saturating acetic acid with chalk and
+adding a slight excess of acetic acid, contains about 1/4 mol. acetate of
+lime.--_Bulletin de la Societe Chimique de Paris._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+THE SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT.
+
+PUBLISHED WEEKLY.
+
+TERMS OF SUBSCRIPTION, $5 A YEAR.
+
+
+Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to subscribers in any part of the United
+States or Canada. Six dollars a year, sent, prepaid, to any foreign
+country.
+
+All the back numbers of THE SUPPLEMENT, from the commencement, January
+1, 1876, can be had. Price, 10 cents each.
+
+All the back volumes of THE SUPPLEMENT can likewise be supplied. Two
+volumes are issued yearly. Price of each volume, $2.50, stitched in
+paper, or $3.50, bound in stiff covers.
+
+COMBINED RATES--One copy of SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN and one copy of
+SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT, one year, postpaid, $7.00.
+
+A liberal discount to booksellers, news agents, and canvassers.
+
+MUNN & CO., PUBLISHERS,
+
+37 PARK ROW, NEW YORK, N. Y.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PATENTS.
+
+
+In connection with the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, Messrs. MUNN & Co. are
+Solicitors of American and Foreign Patents, have had 35 years'
+experience, and now have the largest establishment in the world. Patents
+are obtained on the best terms.
+
+A special notice is made in the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN of all Inventions
+patented through this Agency, with the name and residence of the
+Patentee. By the immense circulation thus given, public attention is
+directed to the merits of the new patent, and sales or introduction
+often easily effected.
+
+Any person who has made a new discovery or invention can ascertain, free
+of charge, whether a patent can probably be obtained, by writing to MUNN
+& Co.
+
+We also send free our Hand Book about the Patent Laws, Patents, Caveats.
+Trade Marks, their costs, and how procured, with hints for procuring
+advances on inventions. Address
+
+MUNN & CO., 37 PARK ROW, NEW YORK.
+
+Branch Office, cor. F and 7th Sts., Washington, D. C.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Scientific American Supplement, No. 286,
+by Various
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, NO. 286 ***
+
+This file should be named 7028610.txt or 7028610.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, 7028611.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 7028610a.txt
+
+Produced by Olaf Voss, Don Kretz, Juliet Sutherland,
+Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+ 1 1971 July
+ 10 1991 January
+ 100 1994 January
+ 1000 1997 August
+ 1500 1998 October
+ 2000 1999 December
+ 2500 2000 December
+ 3000 2001 November
+ 4000 2001 October/November
+ 6000 2002 December*
+ 9000 2003 November*
+10000 2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word
+ processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/7028610.zip b/old/7028610.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04c94ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/7028610.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/8028610.txt b/old/8028610.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d35f2ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/8028610.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3824 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. 286,
+by Various
+#2 in our series
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Scientific American Supplement, No. 286
+ June 25, 1881
+
+Author: Various
+
+Release Date: June, 2005 [EBook #8297]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on July 4, 2003]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-Latin-1
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN NO. 286 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Olaf Voss, Don Kretz, Juliet Sutherland,
+Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT NO. 286
+
+
+
+
+NEW YORK, JUNE 25, 1881
+
+Scientific American Supplement. Vol. XI, No. 286.
+
+Scientific American established 1845
+
+Scientific American Supplement, $5 a year.
+
+Scientific American and Supplement, $7 a year.
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ TABLE OF CONTENTS.
+
+I. ENGINEERING AND MECHANICS.--One Thousand Horse Power Corliss Engine.
+ 5 figures, to scale, illustrating the construction of the new one
+ thousand horse power Corliss engine, by Hitch, Hargreaves & Co.
+
+ Opening of the New Workshop of the Stevens Institute of Technology.
+ Speech of Prof. R.W. Raymond, speech of Mr. Horatio Allen.
+
+ Light Steam Engine for Aeronautical Purposes. Constructed for Capt.
+ Mojoisky, of the Russian Navy.
+
+ Complete Prevention of Incrustation in Boilers. Arrangement for
+ purifying boiler water with lime and carbonate of soda.--The
+ purification of the water.--Examination of the purified
+ water.--Results of water purification.
+
+ Eddystone Lighthouse. Progress of the work.
+
+ Rolling Mill for Making Corrugated Iron. 1 figure. The new mill of
+ Schultz, Knaudt & Co., of Essen, Germany.
+
+ Railway Turntable in the Time of Louis XIV. 1 figure. Pleasure car.
+ Railway and turntable at Mary-le-Roy Chateau, France, in 1714.
+
+ New Signal Wire Compensator. Communication from A. Lyle, describing
+ compensators in use on the Nizam State Railway, East India.
+
+ Tangye's Hydraulic Hoist. 2 figures.
+
+ Power Loom for Delicate Fabrics. 1 figure.
+
+ How Veneering is Made.
+
+II. TECHNOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY.--The Constituent Parts of Leather. The
+ composition of different leathers exhibited at the Paris
+ Exhibition.--Amount of leather produced by different tonnages of 100
+ pounds of hides.--Percentage of tannin absorbed under different
+ methods of tanning.--Amounts of gelatine and tannin in leather of
+ different tonnages, etc.
+
+ Progress in American Pottery.
+
+ Photographic Notes.--Mr. Waruerke's New Discovery.--Method of
+ converting negatives directly into positives.--Experiments of Capt.
+ Bing on the sensitiveness of coal oil--Bitumen plates.--Method of
+ topographic engraving. By Commandant DE LA NOE.--Succinate of Iron
+ Developer.--Method of making friable hydro-cellulose.
+
+ Photo-Tracings in Black and Color.
+
+ Dyeing Reds with Artificial Alizarin. By M. MAURICE PRUD'HOMME.
+
+III. ELECTRICITY, PHYSICAL SCIENCE, ETC.--On Faure's Secondary Battery.
+
+ Physical Science in Our Common Schools.--An exceptionally strong
+ argument for the teaching of physical science by the experimental
+ method in elementary schools, with an outline of the method and the
+ results of such teaching.
+
+ On the Law of Avogadro and Ampere. By E. VOGEL.
+
+IV. GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, ETC.--Petroleum and Coal in Venezuela.
+
+ Geographical Society of the Pacific.
+
+ The Behring's Straits Currents.--Proofs of their existence.
+
+ Experimental Geology.--Artificial production of calcareous pisolites
+ and oolites.--On crystals of anhydrous lime.--4 figures.
+
+V. NATURAL HISTORY, ETC.--Coccidæ. By Dr. H. BEHR.--An important paper
+ read before the California Academy of Sciences.--The marvelous
+ fecundity of scale bugs.--Their uses.--Their ravages.--Methods of
+ destroying them.
+
+ Agricultural Items.
+
+ Timber Trees.
+
+ Blood Rains.
+
+VI. MEDICINE AND HYGIENE.--Medical Uses of Figs.
+
+ Topical Medication in Phthisis.
+
+VII. ARCHITECTURE, ETC.--Suggestions in Architecture.--Large
+ illustration.--The New High School for Girls, Oxford, England.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PETROLEUM AND COAL IN VENEZUELA.
+
+
+MR. E. H. PLUMACHER, U. S. Consul at Maracaibo, sends to the State
+Department the following information touching the wealth of coal and
+petroleum probable in Venezuela:
+
+The asphalt mines and petroleum fountains are most abundant in that part
+of the country lying between the River Zulia and the River Catatumbo,
+and the Cordilleras. The wonderful sand-bank is about seven kilometers
+from the confluence of the Rivers Tara and Sardinarte. It is ten meters
+high and thirty meters long. On its surface can be seen several round
+holes, out of which rises the petroleum and water with a noise like that
+made by steam vessels when blowing off steam, and above there ascends a
+column of vapor. There is a dense forest around this sand-bank, and the
+place has been called "El Inferno." Dr. Edward McGregor visited the
+sand-bank, and reported to the Government that by experiment he had
+ascertained that one of the fountains spurted petroleum and water at the
+rate of 240 gallons per hour. Mr. Plumacher says that the petroleum is
+of very good quality, its density being that which the British market
+requires in petroleum imported from the United States. The river, up to
+the junction of the Tara and Sardinarte, is navigable during the entire
+year for flat-bottomed craft of forty or fifty tons.
+
+Mr. Plumacher has been unable to discover that there are any deposits
+of asphalt or petroleum in the upper part of the Department of Colon,
+beyond the Zulia, but he has been told that the valleys of Cucuta and
+the territories of the State of Tachira abound in coal mines. There are
+coal mines near San Antonia, in a ravine called "La Carbonera," and
+these supply coal for the smiths' forges in that place. Coal and asphalt
+are also found in large quantities in the Department of Sucre. Mr.
+Plumacher has seen, while residing in the State of Zulia, but one true
+specimen of "lignite," which was given to him by a rich land-owner,
+who is a Spanish subject. In the section where it was found there are
+several fountains of a peculiar substance. It is a black liquid, of
+little density, strongly impregnated with carbonic acid which it
+transmits to the water which invariably accompanies it. Deposits of this
+substance are found at the foot of the spurs of the Cordilleras, and are
+believed to indicate the presence of great deposits of anthracite.
+
+There are many petroleum wells of inferior quality between Escuque and
+Bettijoque, in the town of Columbia. Laborers gather the petroleum in
+handkerchiefs. After these become saturated, the oil is pressed out by
+wringing. It is burned in the houses of the poor. The people thought, in
+1824, that it was a substance unknown elsewhere, and they called it
+the "oil of Columbia." At that time they hoped to establish a valuable
+industry by working it, and they sent to England, France, and this
+country samples which attracted much attention. But in those days no
+method of refining the crude oil had been discovered, and therefore
+these efforts to introduce petroleum to the world soon failed.
+
+The plains of Ceniza abound in asphalt and petroleum. There is a large
+lake of these substances about twelve kilometers east of St. Timoteo,
+and from it some asphalt is taken to Maracaibo. Many deposits of asphalt
+are found between these plains and the River Mene. The largest is that
+of Cienega de Mene, which is shallow. At the bottom lies a compact
+bed of asphalt, which is not used at present, except for painting
+the bottoms of vessels to keep off the barnacles. There are wells of
+petroleum in the State of Falcon.
+
+Mr. Plumacher says that all the samples of coal submitted to him in
+Venezuela for examination, with the exception of the "lignite" before
+mentioned, were, in his opinion, asphalt in various degrees of
+condensation. The sample which came from Tule he ranks with the coals
+of the best quality. He believes that the innumerable fountains and
+deposits of petroleum, bitumen, and asphalt that are apparent on the
+surface of the region around Lake Maracaibo are proof of the existence
+below of immense deposits of coal. These deposits have not been
+uncovered because the territory remains for the most part as wild as it
+was at the conquest.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ONE THOUSAND HORSE-POWER CORLISS ENGINE.
+
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1.
+
+DIA. OF CYLINDER = 40''
+STROKE = 10 ft.
+REVS = 41
+SCALE OF DIAGRAMS 40 LBS = 1 INCH
+
+FIG. 2.]
+
+We illustrate one of the largest Corliss engines ever constructed. It is
+of the single cylinder, horizontal, condensing type, with one cylinder
+40 inches diameter, and 10 feet stroke, and makes forty-five revolutions
+per minute, corresponding to a piston speed of 900 feet per minute. At
+mid stroke the velocity of the piston is 1,402 feet per minute nearly,
+and its energy in foot pounds amounts to about 8.6 times its weight.
+The cylinder is steam jacketed on the body and ends, and is fitted with
+Corliss valves and Inglis & Spencer's automatic Corliss valve expansion
+gear. Referring to the general drawing of the engine, it will be seen
+that the cylinder is bolted directly to the end of the massive cast iron
+frame, and the piston coupled direct to the crank by the steel piston
+rod and crosshead and the connecting rod. The connecting rod is 28
+feet long center to center, and 12 inches diameter at the middle. The
+crankshaft is made of forged Bolton steel, and is 21 inches diameter at
+the part where the fly-wheel is carried. The fly driving wheel is 35
+feet in diameter, and grooved for twenty-seven ropes, which transmit the
+power direct to the various line shafts in the mill. The rope grooves
+are made on Hick, Hargreaves & Co.'s standard pattern of deep groove,
+and the wheel, which is built up, is constructed on their improved plan
+with separate arms and boss, and twelve segments in the rim with joints
+planed to the true angle by a special machine designed and made by
+themselves. The weight of the fly-wheel is about 60 tons. The condensing
+apparatus is arranged below, so that there is complete drainage from the
+cylinder to the condenser. The air pump, which is 36 inches diameter and
+2 feet 6 inches stroke, is a vertical pump worked by wrought iron
+plate levers and two side links, shown by dotted lines, from the main
+crosshead. The engine is fenced off by neat railing, and a platform with
+access from one side is fitted round the top of the cylinder for getting
+conveniently to the valve spindles and lubricators. The above engraving,
+which is a side elevation of the cylinder, shows the valve gear
+complete. There are two central disk plates worked by separate
+eccentrics, which give separate motion to the steam and exhaust valves.
+The eccentrics are mounted on a small cross shaft, which is driven by a
+line shaft and gear wheels. The piston rod passes out at the back end of
+the cylinder and is carried by a shoe slide and guide bar, as shown more
+fully in the detailed sectional elevation through the cylinder, showing
+also the covers and jackets in section. The cylinder, made in four
+pieces, is built up on Mr. W. Inglis's patent arrangement, with separate
+liner and steam jacket casing and separate end valve chambers. This
+arrangement simplifies the castings and secures good and sound ones. The
+liner has face joints, which are carefully scraped up to bed truly to
+the end valve chambers. The crosshead slides are each 3 feet 3 inches
+long and I foot 3 inches wide. The engine was started last year, and
+has worked beautifully from the first, without heating of bearings or
+trouble of any kind, and it gives most uniform and steady turning. It is
+worked now at forty-one revolutions per minute, or only 820 feet piston
+speed, but will be worked regularly at the intended 900 feet piston
+speed per minute when the spinning machinery is adapted for the increase
+which the four extra revolutions per minute of the engine will give; the
+load driven is over 1,000 horsepower, the steam pressure being 50 lb.
+to 55 lb., which, however, will be increased when the existing boilers,
+which are old, come to be replaced by new. Indicator diagrams from the
+engines are given on page 309. The engine is very economical in steam
+consumption, but no special trials or tests have been made with it. An
+exactly similar engine, but of smaller size, with a cylinder 30 inches
+diameter and 8 feet stroke, working at forty-five revolutions per
+minute, made by Messrs. Hick, Hargreaves & Co. for Sir Titus Salt,
+Sons & Co.'s mill at Saltaire, was tested about two years ago by Mr.
+Fletcher, chief engineer of the Manchester Steam Users' Association, and
+the results which are given below pretty fairly represent the results
+obtained from this class of engine. Messrs. Hick, Hargreaves & Co. are
+now constructing a single engine of the same type for 1,800 indicated
+horse-power for a cotton mill at Bolton; and they have an order for a
+pair of horizontal compound Corliss engines intended to indicate 3,000
+horse-power. These engines will be the largest cotton mill engines in
+the world.--_The Engineer_.
+
+[Illustration: 1000 HORSE POWER CORLISS ENGINE.--BY HICK. HARGREAVES &
+CO.]
+
+_Result of Trials with Saltaire Horizontal Engine on February 14th and
+15th, 1878. Trials made by Mr. L.E. Fletcher, Chief Engineer Steam
+Users' Association, Manchester._
+
+Engine single-cylinder, with Corliss valves. Inglis and Spencer's valve
+gear. Diameter of cylinder. 30in.; stroke, 8ft.; 45 revolutions per
+minute.
+
+No. of trials
+Total 1.H.P.
+[MB] Mean boiler pressure.
+[MP] Mean pressure on piston at beginning of stroke.
+[ML] Mean loss between boiler pressure and cylinder.
+[MA] Mean average pressure on piston.
+[W] Water Per I.H.P. per hour.
+[C] Coal per I.H.P. per hour.
+
+No. of trials Total MB MP ML MA W C
+ I.H.P. lb lb lb lb lb lb
+Trial No. 1. 301.89 46.6 44.11 2.53 21.23 18.373 2.699
+Trial No. 2. 309.66 47.63 44.45 3.18 21.67 17.599 2.561
+Means. 305.775 47.115 44.28 2.855 21.45 17.986 2.630
+
+[Illustration: 1000 HORSE POWER CORLISS ENGINE.--BY HICK, HARGREAVES
+& CO.] [Illustration: 1000 HORSE POWER CORLISS ENGINE.--BY HICK,
+HARGREAVES & CO.]
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+OPENING OF THE NEW WORKSHOP OF THE STEVENS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY.
+
+
+In our SUPPLEMENT No. 283 we gave reports of some of the addresses of
+the distinguished speakers, and we now present the remarks of Prof.
+Raymond and Horatio Allen, Esq.:
+
+
+SPEECH OF PROF. R. W. RAYMOND.
+
+A few years ago, at one of the meetings of our Society of Civil
+Engineers we spent a day or so in discussing the proper mode of
+educating young men so as to fit them for that profession. It is a
+question that is reopened for us as soon as we arrive at the age when
+we begin to consider what career to lay out for our sons. When we were
+young, the only question with parents in the better walks of life was,
+whether their sons should be lawyers, physicians, or ministers. Anything
+less than a professional career was looked upon as a loss of caste, a
+lowering in the social scale. These things have changed, now that we
+engineers are beginning to hold up our heads, as we have every reason to
+do; for the prosperity and well-being of the great nations of the world
+are attributable, perhaps, more to our efforts than to those of any
+other class. When, in the past, the man of letters, the poet, the
+orator, succeeded, by some fit expression, by some winged word, to
+engage the attention of the world concerning some subject he had at
+heart, the highest praise his fellow man could bestow was to cry out
+to him, "Well said, well said!" But now, when, by our achievements,
+commerce and industry are increased to gigantic proportions, when the
+remotest peoples are brought in ever closer communication with us, when
+the progress of the human race has become a mighty torrent, rushing
+onward with ever accelerating speed, we glory in the yet higher praise,
+"Well done, well done!" Under these circumstances, the question how a
+young man is best fitted for our profession has become one of increasing
+importance, and three methods have been proposed for its solution.
+Formerly the only point in debate was whether the candidate should go
+first to the schools and then to the workshop, or first to the shop and
+then to the schools. It was difficult to arrive at any decision; for of
+the many who had risen to eminence as engineers, some had adopted
+one order and some the other. There remained a third course, that of
+combining the school and the shop and of pursuing simultaneously the
+study of theory and the exercise of practical manipulation. Unforeseen
+difficulties arose, however, in the attempt to carry out this, the most
+promising method. The maintenance of the shop proved a heavy expense,
+which it was found could not be lessened by the manufacture of salable
+articles, because the work of students could not compete with that of
+expert mechanics. It would require more time than could be allotted,
+moreover, to convert students into skilled workmen. Various
+modifications of this combination of theory and practice, including more
+or less of the Russian system of instruction in shop-work, have been
+tried in different schools of engineering, but never under so favorable
+conditions as the present. With characteristic caution and good
+judgment, President Morton has studied the operation of the scheme
+of instruction adopted in the Stevens Institute, and, noting its
+deficiencies, has now supplied them with munificent liberality, giving
+to it a completeness that leaves seemingly nothing that could be
+improved upon, even in a prayer or a dream. Still, no one will be more
+ready to admit than he who has done all this, that it is not enough to
+fit up a machine shop, be it never so complete, and light it with an
+electric lamp. The decision as to its efficiency must come from the
+students that are so fortunate as to be admitted to it. If such young
+men, earnest, enthusiastic, with every incentive to exertion and every
+advantage for improvement, here, where they can feel the throbbing of
+the great heart of enterprise, within sight of bridges upon which their
+services will be needed, within hearing of the whistles of a score of
+railroads, and the bells of countless manufactories which will want
+them; if such as these, trained under such instructors and amid such
+surroundings, prove to be not fitted for the positions waiting for them
+to fill, it will have been definitely demonstrated that the perfect
+scheme is yet unknown.
+
+
+SPEECH OF MR. HORATIO ALLEN.
+
+Impressed with the very great step in advance which has been inaugurated
+here this evening, I feel crowding upon me so many thoughts that I
+cannot make sure that, in selecting from them, I may not leave unsaid
+much that I should say, and say some things that I had better omit. Some
+years ago, when asked by a wealthy gentleman to what machine-shop he had
+best send his son, who was to become a mechanical engineer, I advised
+him not to send him to any, but to fit up a shop for him where he could
+go and work at what he pleased without the drudgery of apprenticeship,
+to put him in the way of receiving such information as he needed, and
+especially to let him go where he could see things break. Great, indeed,
+are the advantages of those who have the opportunity of seeing things
+break, of witnessing failures and profiting by them. When men have
+enumerated the achievements of those most eminent in our profession the
+thought has often struck me, "Ah! if we could only see that man's scrap
+heap."
+
+There are many who are able to construct a machine for a given purpose
+so that it will work, but to do this so that it will not cost too much
+is an entirely different problem. To know what to omit is a rare talent.
+I once found a young man who could tell students what to store up in
+their minds for immediate use, and what to skim over or omit; but I
+could not keep him long, for more lucrative positions are always waiting
+for such men.
+
+The advice I gave my wealthy friend was given before the Stevens
+Institute had developed in the direction it has now. The foundation of
+this advice, namely, to combine a certain amount of judicious practice
+with theory, is now in a fair way to be carried out, and although
+things will probably not be permitted to break here, the students will
+doubtless have opportunities for looking around them and supplementing
+their systematic instruction here by observation abroad.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+LIGHT STEAM ENGINE FOR BALLOONS.
+
+
+We here illustrate one of a couple of compound engines designed and
+constructed by Messrs. Ahrbecker, Son & Hamkens, of Stamford Street,
+S.E., for Captain Mojaisky, of the Russian Imperial Navy, who intends
+to use them for aeronautical purposes. The larger of these engines has
+cylinders 3¾ in. and 7½ in. in diameter and 5 in. stroke, and when
+making 300 revolutions per minute it develops 20 actual horse
+power, while its weight is but 105 lbs. The smaller engine--the one
+illustrated--has cylinders 2½ in. and 5 in. in diameter, and 3½ in.
+stroke, and weighs 63 lbs., while when making 450 revolutions it
+develops 10 actual horse power.
+
+The two engines are identical in design, and are constructed of forged
+steel with the exception of the bearings, connecting-rods, crossheads,
+slide valves and pumps, which are of phosphor-bronze. The cylinders,
+with the steam passages, etc., are shaped out of the solid. The
+standards, as will be seen, are of very light T steel, the crankshafts
+and pins are hollow, as are also the crosshead bolts and piston rods.
+The small engine drives a single-acting air pump of the ordinary type by
+a crank, not shown in the drawing. The condenser is formed of a series
+of hollow gratings.
+
+[Illustration: LIGHT STEAM ENGINE FOR AERONAUTICAL PURPOSES]
+
+Steam is supplied to the two engines by one boiler of the Herreshoff
+steam generator type, with certain modifications, introduced by the
+designers, to insure the utmost certainty in working. It is of steel,
+the outside dimensions being 22 in. in diameter, 25 in. high, and weighs
+142 lb. The fuel used is petroleum, and the working pressure 190 lb. per
+square inch.
+
+The constructors consider the power developed by these engines very
+moderate, on account of the low piston speed specified in this
+particular case. In some small and light engines by the same makers
+the piston speed is as high as 1000 ft. per minute. The engines now
+illustrated form an interesting example of special designing, and
+Messrs. Ahrbecker, Son, and Hamkens deserve much credit for the manner
+in which the work has been turned out, the construction of such light
+engines involving many practical difficulties,--_Engineering._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Mount Baker, Washington Territory, has shown slight symptoms of volcanic
+activity for several years. An unmistakable eruption is now in progress.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+COMPLETE PREVENTION OF INCRUSTATION IN BOILERS.
+
+
+The chemical factory, Eisenbuettel, near Braunschweig, distributes the
+following circular: "The principal generators of incrustation in boilers
+are gypsum and the so-called bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium. If
+these can be taken put of the water, before it enters the boiler, the
+formation of incrustation is made impossible; all disturbances and
+troubles, derived from these incrustations, are done away with, and
+besides this, a considerable saving of fuel is possible, as clear iron
+will conduct heat quicker than that which is covered with incrustation."
+
+J. Kolb, according to _Dingler's Polyt. Journal_, says: "A boiler with
+clear sides yielded with 1 kil. coal 7.5 kil. steam, after two months
+only 6.4 kil. steam, or a decrease of 17 per cent. At the same time the
+boiler had suffered by continual working."
+
+Suppose a boiler free from inside crust would yield a saving of only
+5 per cent. in fuel (and this figure is taken very low compared with
+practical experiments) it would be at the same time a saving of 3c. per
+cubic meter water. If the cleaning of one cubic meter water therefore
+costs less than 3c., this alone would be an advantage.
+
+Already, for a long time, efforts have been made to find some means for
+this purpose, and we have reached good results with lime and chloride of
+barium, as well as with magnesia preparations. But these preparations
+have many disadvantages. Corrosion of the boiler-iron and muriatic acid
+gas have been detected. (Accounts of the Magdeburg Association for
+boiler management.)
+
+Chloride of calcium, which is formed by using chloride of barium,
+increases the boiling point considerably, and diminishes the elasticity
+of steam; while the sulphate of soda, resulting from the use of
+carbonate of soda, is completely ineffectual against the boiler iron.
+It increases the boiling point of water less than all other salts, and
+diminishes likewise the elasticity of steam (Wullner).
+
+In using magnesia preparation, the precipitation is only very slowly and
+incompletely effected--one part of the magnesia will be covered by the
+mire and the formed carbonate of magnesia in such a way, that it can no
+more dissolve in water and have any effect (_Dingler's Polyt. Journal_,
+1877-78).
+
+The use of carbonate of soda is also cheaper than all other above
+mentioned substances.
+
+One milligramme equivalent sulphate of lime, in 1 liter, = 68 grammes
+sulphate of lime in 1 cubic meter, requiring for decomposition:
+
+120 gr. (86-88 per cent.) chloride of barium of commerce--at $5.00 =
+0.6c.
+
+Or, 50 gr. magnesia preparation--at $10.00 = 0.5c.
+
+Or, 55 gr. (96-98 per cent.) carbonate of soda--at $7.50 = 0.41c.
+
+The proportions of cost by using chloride of barium, magnesia
+preparation, carbonate of soda, will be 6 : 5 : 4.
+
+
+ARRANGEMENT FOR PURIFYING BOILER-WATER WITH LIME AND CARBONATE OF SODA.
+
+We need for carrying out these manipulations, according to the size
+of the establishment, one or more reservoirs for precipitating the
+impurities of the water, and one pure water reservoir, to take up the
+purified water; from the latter reservoir the boilers are fed. The most
+practical idea would be to arrange the precipitating reservoir in such
+manner that the purified water can flow directly into the feeding
+reservoir.
+
+The water in the precipitating reservoir is heated either by adding
+boiling water or letting in steam up to 60° C. at least. The
+precipitating reservoirs (square iron vessels or horizontal
+cylinders--old boilers) of no more than 4 or 4½ feet, having a faucet 6
+inches above the bottom, through which the purified water is drawn off,
+and another one at the bottom of the vessel, to let the precipitate off
+and allow of a perfect cleaning. In a factory with six or seven boilers
+of the usual size, making together 400 square meters heating surface,
+two precipitating reservoirs, of ten cubic meters each, and one pure
+water reservoir of ten or fifteen cubic meter capacity, are used.
+
+In twenty-four hours about 240 cubic meters of water are evaporated; we
+have, therefore, to purify twenty-four precipitating reservoirs at ten
+cubic meters each day, or ten cubic meters each hour.
+
+It is profitable to surround the reservoirs with inferior conductors of
+heat, to avoid losses.
+
+The contents of the precipitating reservoirs have to be stirred up very
+well, and for this purpose we can either arrange a mechanical stirrer
+or do it by hand, or the best would be a "Korting steam stirring and
+blowing apparatus." In using the latter we only have to open the valve,
+whereby in a very short time the air driven through the water stirs this
+up and mixes it thoroughly with the precipitating ingredients. In a
+factory where boilers of only 15 to 100 square meters heating surface
+are, one precipitating reservoir of two to ten cubic meters and one pure
+water reservoir of three to ten cubic meters capacity are required. For
+locomobiles, two wooden tubs or barrels are sufficient.
+
+
+THE PURIFICATION OF THE WATER.
+
+After the required quantity of lime and carbonate of soda which is
+necessary for a total precipitation has been figured out from the
+analysis of the water, respectively verified by practical experiments
+in the laboratory, the heated water in the reservoir is mixed with the
+lime, in form of thin milk of lime, and stirred up; we have to add so
+much lime, that slightly reddened litmus paper gives, after ¼ minute's
+contact with this mixture, an alkaline reaction, i.e., turns blue; now
+the solution of carbonate of soda is added and again stirred well.
+
+After twenty or thirty minutes (the hotter the water, the quicker the
+precipitation) the precipitate has settled in large flocks at the
+bottom, and the clear water is drawn off into the pure water reservoir.
+The precipitating and settling of the impurities can also take place in
+cold water; it will require, however, a pretty long time.
+
+In order to avoid the weighing and slaking of the lime, which is
+necessary for each precipitation, we use an open barrel, in which a
+known quantity of slaked lime is mixed with three and a half or four
+times its weight of water, and then diluted to a thin paste, so that one
+kilogramme slaked lime is diluted to twenty-five liters milk of lime.
+
+Example.--If we use for ten cubic meters water, one kilogramme lime,
+or in one day (in twenty-four hours), 240 cubic meters 24 kg. lime, a
+vessel four or five feet high and about 700 liters capacity, in which
+daily 24 kg. lime with about 100 liters water are slaked and then
+diluted to the mark 600, constantly stirring, 25 liters of this mixture
+contain exactly 1 kg. slaked lime.
+
+Before using, this milk of lime has to be stirred up and allowed to
+settle for a few seconds; and then we draw off the required quantity of
+milk of lime (in our case 25 liters) through a faucet about 8 inches
+above the bottom, or we can dip it off with a pail. For the first
+precipitate we always need the exact amount of milk of lime, which we
+have figured out, or rather some more, but for the next precipitates we
+do not want the whole quantity, but always less, as that part of the
+lime, which does not settle with the precipitate, will be good for use
+in further precipitations. It is therefore important to control the
+addition of milk of lime by the use of litmus paper. If we do not add
+enough lime, it prevents the formation of the flocky precipitate, and,
+besides, more carbonate of soda is used. By adding too much lime, we
+also use more carbonate of soda in order to precipitate the excess of
+lime. We can therefore add so much lime, that there is only a very small
+excess of hydrous lime in the water, and that after well stirring, a red
+litmus paper being placed in the water for twenty seconds, appears only
+slightly blue. After a short time of practice, an attentive person can
+always get the exact amount of lime which ought to be added. On adding
+the milk of lime, we have to dissolve the required amount of pure
+carbonate of soda in an iron kettle, in about six or eight parts hot
+water with the assistance of steam; add this to the other liquid in the
+precipitating reservoirs and stir up well. The water will get clear
+after twenty-five or thirty minutes, and is then drawn off into the pure
+water reservoir.
+
+
+EXAMINATION OF WATER WHICH HAS BEEN PURIFIED BY MEANS OF MILK OF LIME
+AND CARBONATE OF SODA.
+
+In order to be convinced that the purification of the water has been
+properly conducted, we try the water in the following manner. Take a
+sample of the purified water into a small tumbler, and add a few
+drops of a solution of oxalate of ammonia; this addition must neither
+immediately nor after some minutes cause a milky appearance of the
+water, but remain bright and clear. A white precipitate would indicate
+that not enough carbonate of soda had been added. A new sample is taken
+of the purified water and a solution of chloride of calcium added; a
+milky appearance, especially after heating, would show that too much
+carbonate of soda had been added.
+
+
+RESULTS OF THIS WATER PURIFICATION.
+
+1. The boilers do not need to be cleaned during a whole season, as they
+remain entirely free from incrustation; it is only required to avoid a
+collection of soluble salts in the boiler, and therefore it is partly
+drawn off twice a week.
+
+2. The iron is not touched by this purified water. The water does not
+froth and does not stop up valves. The fillings in the joints of pipes,
+etc., do not suffer so much, and therefore keep longer.
+
+3. The steam is entirely free from sour gases.
+
+4. The production of steam is easier and better.
+
+5. A considerable saving of fuel can soon be perceived.
+
+6. The cost of cleaning boilers from incrustation, and loss of time
+caused by cleaning, is entirely done with. Old incrustations, which
+could not be cleaned out before, get decomposed and break off in soft
+pieces.
+
+7. The cost of this purification is covered sufficiently by the above
+advantages, and besides this, the method is cheaper and surer than any
+other.
+
+The chemical factory, Eisenbuettel, furnishes pure carbonate of soda in
+single packages, which exactly correspond with the quantity, stated by
+the analysis, of ten cubic meters of a certain water. The determination
+of the quantities of lime and carbonate of soda necessary for a certain
+kind of water, after sending in a sample, will be done without extra
+charge.--_Neue Zeitung fur Ruebenzucker Industrie_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+EDDYSTONE LIGHTHOUSE.
+
+
+The exterior work on the new Eddystone Lighthouse is about two thirds
+done. In the latter part of April fifty-three courses of granite
+masonry, rising to the height of seventy feet above high water, had been
+laid, and thirty-six courses remained to be set. The old lighthouse had
+been already overtopped. As the work advances toward completion the
+question arises: What shall be done with John Smeaton's famous tower,
+which has done such admirable service for 120 years? One proposition is
+to take it down to the level of the top of the solid portion, and
+leave the rest as a perpetual memorial of the great work which Smeaton
+accomplished in the face of obstacles vastly greater than those which
+confront the modern architect. The London _News_ says: "Were Smeaton's
+beautiful tower to be literally consigned to the waves, we should regard
+the act as a national calamity, not to say scandal; and, if public funds
+are not available for its conservation, we trust that private zeal and
+munificence may be relied on to save from destruction so interesting
+a relic. It certainly could not cost much to convey the building in
+sections to the mainland, and there, on some suitable spot, to re-erect
+it as a national tribute to the genius of its great architect." When
+the present lighthouse was built one of the chief difficulties was in
+getting the building materials to the spot. They were conveyed from
+Millbay in small sailing vessels, which often beat about for days before
+they could effect a landing at the Eddystone rocks, so that each arrival
+called out the special gratitude of Smeaton.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ROLLING-MILL FOR MAKING CORRUGATED IRON.
+
+
+MESSRS. SCHULZ, KNAUDT & Co., of Essen, who are making an application
+of corrugated iron in the construction of the interior flues of steam
+boilers, have devised a new mill for the manufacture of this form of
+iron plates, and which is represented in the accompanying cut, taken
+from the _Deutsche Industrie Zeitung_. The supports of the two accessory
+cylinders, F F, rest on two slides, G G, which move along the oblique
+guides, H H. As a consequence of this arrangement, when the cylinders, F
+F, are caused to approach the cylinder, D, both are raised at the same
+instant.
+
+When the cylinders, F, occupy the position represented in the engraving
+by unbroken lines, the flat plate, O, is simply submitted to pressure
+between the cylinders, D and P, the cylinders, F F, then merely acting
+as guides. But when, while the plate is being thus flattened between the
+principal cylinders, the accessory cylinders are caused to rise, the
+plate is curved as shown by the dotted lines, O' O'. To obtain a
+uniformity in the position of the two cylinders, F F, the following
+mechanism is employed: Each cylinder has an axle, to which is affixed a
+crank, Q, connected by means of a rod, R, with the slide, G. These axles
+are also provided with toothed sectors, L L, which gear with two screws,
+L L, whose threads run in opposite directions. These screws are mounted
+on a shaft, N, which may be revolved by any suitable arrangement.
+
+[Illustration: ROLLING MILL FOR MAKING CORRUGATED IRON]
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+RAILWAY TURN-TABLE IN THE TIME OF LOUIS XIV.
+
+
+The small engraving which we reproduce herewith from _La Nature_ is
+deposited at the Archives at Paris. It is catalogued in the documents
+relating to Old Marly, 1714, under number 11,339, Vol. 1. The design
+represents a diversion called the _Jeu de la Roulette_ which was
+indulged in by the royal family at the sumptuous and magnificent chateau
+of Mary-le-Roi.
+
+[Illustration: PLEASURE CAR; RAILWAY AND TURN-TABLE OF THE TIME OF LOUIS
+XIV.]
+
+According to Alex. Guillaumot the apparatus consisted of a sort of
+railway on which the car was moved by manual labor. In the car, which
+was decorated with the royal colors, are seen seated the ladies and
+children of the king's household, while the king himself stands in the
+rear and seems to be directing operations. The remarkable peculiarity to
+which we would direct the attention of the reader is that this document
+shows that the car ran on rails very nearly like those used on the
+railways of the present time, and that a turn-table served for changing
+the direction to a right angle in order to place the car under the
+shelter of a small building. The picture which we reproduce, and the
+authenticity of which is certain, proves then that in the time of
+Louis XIV. our present railway turn-tables had been thought of and
+constructed--which is a historic fact worthy of being noted. It is well
+known that the use of railways in mines is of very ancient date, but we
+do not believe that there are on record any documents as precise as that
+of the _Jeu de la Roulette_ as to the existence of turn-tables in former
+ages.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+NEW SIGNAL WIRE COMPENSATOR.
+
+
+_To the Editor of the Scientific American_:
+
+I send you a plate of my new railway signal wire compensator. Here
+in India signal wires give more trouble, perhaps, than in America or
+elsewhere, by expansion and contraction. What makes the difficulty more
+here is the ignorance and indolence of the point and signalmen, who
+are all natives. There have been numerous collisions, owing to signals
+falling off by contraction. Many devices and systems have been tried,
+but none have given the desired result. You will observe the signal wire
+marked D is entirely separated and independent of the wire, E, leading
+to lever. On the Great Indian and Peninsula Railway I work one of these
+compensators, 1,160 yards from signal, which stands on a summit the
+grade of which is 1 in 150; and on the Nizam State Railway I have one
+working on a signal 800 yards. This signal had previously given so much
+trouble that it was decided to do away with it altogether. It stands on
+top of a high cutting and on a 1,600 foot curve.
+
+[Illustration: Railway Signal Wire Comensator]
+
+I have noted on the compensator fixed at 1,160 yards, 13¼ inches
+contraction and expansion. The compensator is very simple and not at all
+likely to get out of order. On new wire, when I fix my compensator, I
+usually have an adjusting screw on the lead to lever. This I remove
+when the wire has been stretched to its full tension. I have everything
+removed from lever, so there can be no meddling or altering. When
+once the wire is stretched so that no slack remains between lever and
+trigger, no further adjustment is necessary.
+
+A. LYLE,
+
+Chief Maintenance Inspector, Permanent Way,
+
+H.H. Nizam State Railway, E. India.
+
+Secunderabad, India, 1881.
+
+
+
+
+TANGYE'S HYDRAULIC HOIST.
+
+
+[Illustration: TANGYE'S HYDRAULIC HOIST.]
+
+The great merits of hydraulic hoists generally as regards safety and
+readiness of control are too well known to need pointing out here.
+We may, therefore, at once proceed to introduce to our readers the
+apparatus of this class illustrated in the above engravings. This is
+a hoist (Cherry's patent) manufactured by Messrs. Tangye Brothers, of
+London and Birmingham, and which experience has proved to be a most
+useful adjunct in warehouses, railway stations, hotels, and the like.
+Fig. 1 of our engraving shows a perspective view of the hoist, Fig. 2
+being a longitudinal section. It will be seen that this apparatus is of
+very simple construction, the motion of the piston being transmitted
+directly to the winding-drum shaft by means of a flexible steel rack.
+Referring to Fig. 2, F is a piston working in the cylinder, G; E is
+the flexible steel rack connected to the piston, F, and gearing with a
+toothed wheel, B, which is inclosed in a watertight casing having cover,
+D, for convenient access. The wheel, B, is keyed on a steel shaft, C,
+which passes through stuffing-boxes in the casing, and has the winding
+barrel, A, keyed on it outside the casing. H is a rectangular tube,
+which guides the free end of the flexible steel rack, E. The hoist is
+fitted with a stopping and starting valve, by means of which water
+under pressure from any convenient source of supply may be admitted or
+exhausted from the cylinder. The action in lifting is as follows: The
+water pressure forces the piston toward the end of the cylinder. The
+piston, by means of the flexible steel rack, causes the toothed wheel
+to revolve. The winding barrel, being keyed on the same shaft as the
+toothed wheel, also revolves, and winds up the weight by means of the
+lifting chain. Two special advantages are obtained by this simple method
+of construction. In the first place, twice the length of stroke can be
+obtained in the same space as compared with the older types of hydraulic
+hoist; and, from the directness of the action, the friction is reduced
+to a minimum. This simple method of construction renders the hoist very
+compact and easily fixed; and, from the directness with which the power
+is conveyed from the piston to the winding drum, and the frictionless
+nature of the mechanism, a smaller piston suffices than in the ordinary
+hydraulic hoists, and a smaller quantity of water is required to work
+them.--_Iron_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+POWER LOOM FOR DELICATE FABRICS.
+
+
+The force with which the shuttle is thrown in an ordinary power
+loom moving with a certain speed is always considerable, and, as a
+consequence of the strain exerted on the thread, it is frequently
+necessary to use a woof stronger than is desirable, in order that it may
+have sufficient resistance. On another hand, when the woof must be very
+fine and delicate the fabric is often advantageously woven on a hand
+loom. In order to facilitate the manufacture of like tissues on the
+power loom the celebrated Swiss manufacturer, Hanneger, has invented an
+apparatus in which the shuttle is not thrown, but passed from one side
+to the other by means of hooks, by a process analogous to weaving silk
+by hand. A loom built on this principle was shown at work weaving silk
+at the Paris Exhibition of 1878. This apparatus, represented in
+the annexed figure, contains some arrangements which are new and
+interesting. On each side of the woof in the heddle there is a carrier,
+B. These carriers are provided with hooks, A A', having appendages,
+_a a'_, which are fitted in the shuttle, O. The latter is of peculiar
+construction. The upper ends of the hooks have fingers, _d d'_, which
+holds the shuttle in position as long as the action of the springs, _e
+e'_, continues. The distance that the shuttle has to travel includes the
+breadth of the heddle, the length of the shuttle, and about four inches
+in addition. The motion of the two carriers, which approach each other
+and recede simultaneously, is effected by the levers, C, D, E, and C',
+D', E'. The levers, E, E', are actuated by a piece, F, which receives
+its motion from the main shaft, H, through the intervention of a
+crank and a connecting rod, G, and makes a little more than a quarter
+revolution. The levers, E, E', are articulated in such a way that
+the motion transmitted by them is slackened toward the outer end and
+quickened toward the middle of the loom. While the carriers, B B', are
+receiving their alternate backward and forward motion, the shaft, I
+(which revolves only half as fast as the main shaft), causes a lever, F
+F', to swing, through the aid of a crank, J, and rod, K. Upon the two
+carriers, B B', are firmly attached two hooks, M M', which move with
+them. When the hook, M, approaches the extremity of the lever, F, the
+latter raises it, pushes against the spring, E, and sets free the
+shuttle, which, at the same moment, meets the opposite hook, _a'_, and,
+being caught by it, is carried over to the other side. The same thing
+happens when the carrier, B', is on its return travel, and the hook, M',
+mounts the lever, F', which is then raised.
+
+[Illustration: POWER LOOM FOR DELICATE FABRICS.]
+
+As will be seen from this description, the woof does not undergo the
+least strain, and may be drawn very gently from the shuttle. Neither
+does this latter exert any friction on the chain, since it does not move
+on it as in ordinary looms. In this apparatus, therefore, there may be
+employed for the chain very delicate threads, which, in other looms,
+would be injured by the shuttle passing over them. Looms constructed on
+this plan have for some time been in very successful use in Switzerland.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+HOW VENEERING IS MADE.
+
+
+The process of manufacture is very interesting. The logs are delivered
+in the mill yard in any suitable lengths as for ordinary lumber. A steam
+drag saw cuts them into such lengths as may be required by the order
+in hand; those being cut at the time of our visit were four feet long.
+After cutting, the logs are placed in a large steam box, 15 feet wide,
+22 feet long, and six feet high, built separate from the main building.
+This box is divided into two compartments. When one is filled entirely
+full, the doors are closed, and the steam, supplied by the engine in the
+main building, is turned on. The logs remain in this box from three to
+four hours, when they are ready for use. This steaming not only removes
+the bark, but moistens and softens the entire log. From the steam box
+the log goes to the veneer lathe. It is here raised, grasped at each end
+by the lathe centers, and firmly held in position, beginning to slowly
+revolve. Every turn brings it in contact with the knife, which is gauged
+to a required thickness. As the log revolves the inequalities of its
+surface of course first come in contact with the keen-edged knife, and
+disappear in the shape of waste veneer, which is passed to the engine
+room to be used as fuel. Soon, however, the unevenness of the log
+disappears, and the now perfect veneer comes from beneath the knife in
+a continuous sheet, and is received and passed on to the cutting table.
+This continues until the log is reduced to about a seven inch core,
+which is useless for the purpose. The veneer as it comes rolling off the
+log presents all the diversity of colors and the beautiful grain and
+rich marking that have perhaps for centuries been growing to perfection
+in the silent depths of our great forests.
+
+From the lathe, the veneer is passed to the cutting table, where it is
+cut to lengths and widths as desired. It is then conveyed to the second
+story, where it is placed in large dry rooms, air tight, except as the
+air reaches them through the proper channels. The veneer is here placed
+in crates, each piece separate and standing on edge. The hot air is then
+turned on. This comes from the sheet iron furnace attached to the boiler
+in the engine room below, and is conveyed through large pipes regulated
+by dampers for putting on or taking off the heat. There is also a blower
+attached which keeps the hot air in the dry rooms in constant motion,
+the air as it cools passing off through an escape pipe in the roof,
+while the freshly heated air takes its place from below. These rooms
+are also provided with a net-work of hot air pipes near the floor. The
+temperature is kept at about 165°, and so rapid is the drying process
+that in the short space of four hours the green log from the steam box
+is shaved, cut, dried, packed, and ready for shipment.
+
+After leaving the dry rooms it is assorted, counted, and put up in
+packages of one hundred each, and tied with cords like lath, when it is
+ready for shipment. Bird's-eye maple veneer is much more valuable and
+requires more care than almost any other, and this is packed in cases
+instead of tied in bundles. The drying process is usually a slow one,
+and conducted in open sheds simply exposed to the air. Mr. Densmore's
+invention will revolutionize this process, and already gives his mill a
+most decided advantage.
+
+The mill will cut about 30,000 feet of veneer in a day, and this cut can
+be increased to 40,000 if necessary. Mr. Densmore has already received
+several large orders, and the rapidly increasing demand for this
+material is likely to give the mill all the work it can do. The timber
+used is principally curled and bird's-eye maple, beech, birch, cherry,
+ash, and oak. These all grow in abundance in this vicinity, and the
+beautifully marked and grained timber of our forests will find fitting
+places in the ornamental uses these veneers will be put to.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+THE CONSTITUENT PARTS OF LEATHER.
+
+
+The constituent parts of leather seem to be but little understood. The
+opinions of those engaged in the manufacture of leather differ widely on
+this question.
+
+Some think that tannin assimilates itself with the hide and becomes
+fixed there by reason of a special affinity. Others regard the hide as
+a chemical combination of gelatine and tannin. We know that the hide
+contains some matters which are not ineradicable, but only need a slight
+washing to detach them.
+
+We deem it advisable, in order to examine the hide properly so-called,
+to dispense with those eradicable substances which may be regarded, to
+some extent, as not germain to it, and confine our attention to the raw
+stock, freed from these imperfections.
+
+It is well known that a large number of vegetable substances are
+employed as tanning agents. Our researches have been directed to leather
+tanned by means of the most important of these agents.
+
+Many questions present themselves in the course of such an examination.
+Among others, that most important one, from a practical point of view,
+of the weight the tanning agent gives to the hide, that is to say, the
+result in leather of weight given to the raw material. The degree of
+tannage is also to be considered; the length of time during which the
+tanning agent is to be left with the hide; in short, the influence upon
+the leather of the substances used in its production. That is why we
+have made the completest possible analysis of different leathers.
+
+Besides ordinary oak bark there are used at present very different
+substances, such as laurel, chestnut, hemlock, quebracho and pine bark,
+sumac, etc.
+
+Water is an element that exists in all hides, and it is necessary to
+take it into consideration in the analysis. It is present in perceptible
+quantity even in dry hides. This water cannot be entirely eradicated
+without injuring the leather, which will lose in suppleness and
+appearance. Water should then be considered as one of the elements of
+leather, but it must be understood that if it exceeds certain limits,
+say 12 to 14 per cent., it becomes useless and even injurious. Moreover,
+if there is any excess over the normal quantity, it becomes deceptive
+and dishonest, as in such a case one sells for hides that which is
+nothing but water. Supposing that a hide, instead of only 14 per cent.,
+contained 18 per cent. of water, it is evident that in buying 100 pounds
+of such a hide one would pay for four pounds of water at the rate for
+which he purchased the hide.
+
+There are, also, some matters soluble in air, which are formed to a
+large extent from fat arising as much from the hide as from tanning
+substances. The air dissolves at the same time a certain amount of
+organic acid and resinous products which the hide has absorbed. After
+treating with air, alcohol is used, which dissolves principally the
+coloring matters, tannin which has not become assimilated, bodies
+analogous to resin, and some extractive substances.
+
+That which remains after these methods have been pursued ought to be
+regarded as the hide proper, that is to say, as the animal tissue
+saturated with tannic acid. In this remainder one is able to estimate
+with close precision that which belongs to the hide. The hide being an
+elementary tissue of unchangeable form, it is easy, in determining the
+elementary portion, to find the amount of real hide remaining in the
+product. With these elements one can arrive at a solution of some of the
+questions we are discussing.
+
+We give below, according to this method, a table showing the composition
+of the different leathers exhibited at the Paris Exposition of 1878.
+They are the results of careful research, and we have based our work
+upon them:
+
+ Matter Soluble Fixed
+ in Air Tannin
+ | |
+ | Matter Solu- |
+ | ble in Alcohol |
+ | | |
+ Moisture | | Gelatine |
+ --+-- --+-- --+-- --+-- --+--
+Steer hide, hemlock tanned (heavy leather) 10.95 4.15 19.77 39.1 26.03
+Sheepskins, sumac " (Hungarian) 10.8 10.3 12.1 40.3 26.5
+Finished calf, pine bark tanned (Hungarian) 11.2 1.7 7.4 41.6 38.1
+Steer hide, quebracho tanned (heavy leather) 11.7 1.6 11.2 43.1 32.4
+ " " chestnut " " " 13.5 0.29 1.99 45.46 38.76
+Finished calfskins,
+ oak tanned (Chateau Renault) 12.4 0.33 3.59 46.74 36.94
+Steer hide, laurel tanned (heavy leather) 12.4 1.05 7.95 47.47 31.13
+ " " oak tanned after three years in
+ the vats (heavy leather) 11.45 0.37 3.31 49.85 35.02
+
+The following table shows the amount of leather produced by different
+tannages of 100 pounds of hides:
+
+ Pounds.
+Hemlock 255.7
+Sumac 248.1
+Pine 240.3
+Quebracho 232
+Chestnut 219.9
+Oak 213.9
+Laurel 210.6
+Oak, lasting three years 206
+
+It is important to mention here the large proportion of resinous matter
+hemlock-tanned leather contains. This resin is a very beautiful red
+substance, which communicates its peculiar color to the leather.
+
+We should mention here that in these calculations we assume that the
+hide is in a perfectly dry state, water being a changeable element which
+does not allow one to arrive at a precise result.
+
+These figures show the enormous differences resulting from diverse
+methods of tanning. Hemlock, which threatens to flood the markets of
+Europe, distinguishes itself above all. The high results attributable to
+the large proportion of resin that the hide assimilates, explain in part
+the lowness of its price, which renders it so formidable a competitor.
+One is also surprised at the large return from sumac-tanned hides when
+it is remembered in how short a time the tanning was accomplished,
+which, in the present case, only occupied half an hour.
+
+The figures show us that the greatest return is obtained by means of
+those tanning substances which are richest in resin. In short, hemlock,
+sumac, and pine, which give the greatest return, are those containing
+the largest amount of resin. Thus, hemlock bark gives 10.58 per cent.
+of it, and sumac leaves 22.7 per cent., besides the tannin which they
+contain. We know also that pine bark is very rich in resin. There is,
+then, advantage to the tanner, so far as the question of result is
+concerned, in using these materials. There is, however, another side to
+the question, as the leather thus surcharged with resin is of inferior
+quality, generally has a lower commercial value, and is often of a color
+but little esteemed.
+
+The percentage of tannin absorbed by the different methods of tannages
+appears in the following table:
+
+Hemlock 64.2
+Sumac 61.4
+Pine 90.8
+Quebracho 75.3
+Chestnut 85.2
+Oak 76.9
+Laurel 64.8
+Oak, three years in the vat 70.2
+
+The subjoined is a statement of the gelatine and tannin in leather of
+different tannages, and also shows the amount of azote or elementary
+matter contained in each:
+
+ Gelatine. Tannin. Azote.
+Hemlock 60.4 39.6 10.88
+Sumac 60.4 39.6 11
+Pine bark 52.5 47.5 9.56
+Quebracho 57.1 42.9 10.4
+Chestnut 53.97 46.03 9.79
+Oak 55.87 44.13 10.24
+Laurel 60.4 39.6 10.94
+Oak, 3 years in vat 58.75 41.25 10.65
+
+It is not pretended that these figures are absolutely correct, as they
+often vary in certain limits even for similar products. They form,
+however, a fair basis of calculation.
+
+As to whether leather is a veritable combination, it seems to us that
+this question should be answered affirmatively. In fact, the resistance
+of leather properly so-called to neutral dissolvents, argues in favor of
+this opinion.
+
+Furthermore, the perceptible proportion of tannin remaining absorbed by
+a like amount of hide is another powerful argument. It remains for us to
+say here that the differences observable in the quantity of fixed tannin
+ought to arise chiefly from the different natures of these tannins,
+which have properties differing as do those of one plant from another,
+and which really have but one property in common, that of assimilating
+themselves with animal tissues and rendering them imputrescible.
+
+In conclusion, these researches determine the functions of resinous
+matters which frequently accompany tannin; they show a very simple
+method for estimating the results of one's work, as well as the degree
+of tannage.--_Muntz & Schoen, in La Halle aux Cuirs_.--_Shoe & Leather
+Reporter_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+NEW HIGH SCHOOL FOR GIRLS, OXFORD.
+
+
+The new High School for Girls at Oxford, built by Mr. T.G. Jackson, for
+the Girls' Public Day School Company, Limited, was opened September 23,
+1880, when the school was transferred from the temporary premises it had
+occupied in St. Giles's. The new building stands in St. Giles's road,
+East, to the north of Oxford, on land leased from University College,
+and contains accommodation for about 270 pupils in 11 class-rooms, some
+of which communicate by sliding doors, besides a residence for the
+mistress, an office and waiting-room, a room for the teachers, cloak
+rooms, kitchens, and other necessary offices, and a large hall, 50 ft.
+by 30 ft., for the general assembling of the school together and for use
+on speech-days and other public occasions. The principal front faces St.
+Giles's road, and is shown in the accompanying illustration. The great
+hall occupies the whole of the upper story of the front building, with
+the office and cloak-rooms below it, and the principal entrance in the
+center. The class-rooms are all placed in the rear of the building, to
+secure quiet, and open on each floor into a corridor surrounding the
+main staircase which occupies the center of the building. The walls
+are built of Headington stone in rubble work, with dressings of brick,
+between which the walling is plastered, and the front is enriched with
+cornices and pilasters, and a hood over the entrance door, all of terra
+cotta. The hinder part of the building is kept studiously simple and
+plain on account of expense. Behind the school is a large playground,
+which is provided with an asphalt tennis-court, and is picturesquely
+shaded with apple-trees, the survivors of an old orchard. The builders
+were Messrs. Symm & Co., of Oxford; and the terra cotta was made by
+Messrs. Doulton, of Lambeth. Mr. E. Long was clerk of works.--_Building
+News_.
+
+[Illustration: SUGGESTIONS IN ARCHITECTURE--NEW HIGH SCHOOL, OXFORD]
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PROGRESS IN AMERICAN POTTERY.
+
+
+No advance in any industry has been more sure than in that of pottery
+and chinaware, under the American tariff, or more rapid in the past
+four or five years. It took Europe three centuries and the jealous
+precautions of royal pottery proprietors to build up the great
+protectorates that made their distinctive trade-marks of such value.
+The earlier lusters of the Italian faience were guild privacies
+or individual secrets, as was almost all the craft of the earlier
+art-worker. Royal patronage in England was equivalent to a protective
+tariff for Josiah Wedgwood; and everywhere the importance of guarding
+the china nurseries has been understood. We have in this country
+broadcast and in abundance every type of material needed for the
+finest china ware, and for the finer glasses and enamels. The royal
+manufactories in Europe were hard put to it sometimes for want of
+discovering kaolin beds in their dominions, but the resources of the
+United States in these particulars needed something more than to be
+brought to light. The manipulation and washing of the clays to render
+them immediately useful to the potteries depends entirely upon the
+reliance of these establishments upon home materials. The Missouri
+potteries have their supplies near home, but these supplies must be put
+upon the market for other cities in condition to compete with the clays
+of Europe. There are fine kaolin beds in Chester and Delaware counties
+in this State; there are clay beds in New Jersey, and the recent needs
+of Ohio potteries have uncovered fine clay in that State. This shows
+that not only for the manufacture itself, but for the development of
+material here, everything depends upon the stimulus that protection
+gives.
+
+Ohio china and Cincinnati pottery are known all over the country. The
+Chelsea Works, near Boston, however, are as distinguished for their
+clays and faience, and for lustrous tiles especially (to be used in
+household decoration) can rival the rich show that the Doulton ware made
+at the Centennial. Other New England potteries are eminent for terra
+cotta and granite wares. On Long Island and in New York city there are
+porcelain and terra cotta factories of established fame, and the first
+porcelain work to succeed in home markets was made at the still busy
+factories of Greenpoint. New Jersey potteries take the broad ground of
+the useful, first of all, in their manufacture of excellent granite
+and cream-colored ware for domestic use, but every year turn out more
+beautiful forms and more artistic work. The Etruria Company especially
+have succeeded in giving the warm flesh tints to the "Parian" for busts
+and statuettes, now to be seen in many shop windows. These goods ought
+always to be labeled and known as American--it adds to their value with
+any true connoisseur. Some of these establishments, more than others,
+have the enterprise to experiment in native clays, for which the whole
+trade owes their acknowledgments.
+
+The demand all through the country by skillful decorators for the
+pottery forms to work upon, points to still greater extensions in this
+business of making our own china, and to the employment and good pay of
+more thousands than are now employed in it. A collection of American
+china, terra cotta, etc., begun at this time and added to from year to
+year, will soon be a most interesting cabinet. Both in the eastern
+and western manufactories ingenious workers are rediscovering and
+experimenting in pastes and glazes and colors, simply because there is a
+large demand for all such, and they can be supplied at prices within the
+reach of most buyers. It needs only to point out this flourishing state
+of things, through the "let-alone" principle, which protection insures
+to this industry, to exhibit the threatened damage of the attempt, under
+cover of earthenware duties, to get a little free trade through at this
+session.--_Philadelphia Public Ledger_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PHOTOGRAPHIC NOTES.
+
+
+_Mr. Warnerke's New Discovery_.--Very happily for our art, we are at the
+present moment entering upon a stage of improvement which shows that
+photography is advancing with vast strides toward a position that has
+the possibility of a marvelous future. In England, especially, great
+advances are being made. The recent experiments of our accomplished
+colleague, Mr. Warnerke, on gelatine rendered insoluble by light, after
+it has been sensitized by silver bromide and developed by pyrogallic
+acid, have revealed to us a number of new facts whose valuable results
+it is impossible at present to foretell. It seems, however, certain that
+we shall thus be able to accomplish very nearly the same effects as
+those obtained by bichromatized gelatine, but with the additional
+advantage of a much greater rapidity in all the operations. In my own
+experiments with the new process of phototypie, I hit upon the plan of
+plunging the carbon image, from which all soluble gelatine had been
+removed, into a bath of pyrogallic acid, in order to still further
+render impermeable the substance forming the printing surface. I also
+conceived the idea of afterward saturating this carbon image with a
+solution of nitrate of silver, and of subsequently treating it with
+pyrogallic acid, in order to still further render impermeable the
+substance forming the printing surface. But the process described by Mr.
+Warnerke is quite different; by means of it we shall be able to fix
+the image taken in the camera, in the same way as we develop carbon
+pictures, and afterward to employ them in any manner that may be
+desirable. Thus the positive process of carbon printing would be
+modified in such a manner that the mixtures containing the permanent
+pigment should be sensitized with silver bromide in place of potassium
+bichromate. In this way impressions could be very rapidly taken of
+positive proofs, and enlargements made, which might be developed in hot
+water, just as in the ordinary carbon process, and at least we should
+have permanent images. Mr. Warnerke's highly interesting experiments
+will no doubt open the way to many valuable applications, and will
+realize a marked progress in the art of photography.
+
+_Method for Converting Negatives Directly into Positives_.--Captain
+Bing, who is employed in the topographic studios of the Ministry of
+War, has devised a process for the direct conversion of negatives into
+positives. The idea is not a new one; but several experimenters, and
+notably the late Thomas Sutton, have pointed out the means of effecting
+this conversion; it has never, however, so far as I know, been
+introduced into actual practice, as is now the case. The process which
+I am about to describe is now worked in the studios of the Topographic
+Service. The negative image is developed in the ordinary way, but the
+development is carried much further than if it were to be used as an
+ordinary negative. After developing and thoroughly washing, the negative
+is placed on a black cloth with the collodion side downward, and exposed
+to diffuse light for a time, which varies from a few seconds to two or
+three minutes, according to the intensity of the plate. Afterward the
+conversion is effected by moistening the plate afresh, and then plunging
+it into a bath which is thus composed:
+
+Water 700 cub. cents.
+Potassium bichromate 30 grams.
+Pure nitric acid 300 cub. cents.
+
+In a few minutes this solution will dissolve all the reduced silver
+forming the negative; the negative image is therefore entirely
+destroyed; but it has served to impress on the sensitive film beneath
+it a positive image, which is still in a latent condition. It must,
+therefore, be developed, and to do this, the film is treated with a
+solution of--
+
+Water 1,000 grams
+Pyrogallic acid 25 "
+Citric acid 20 "
+Alcohol of 36° 50 cub. cents.
+
+The process is carried on exactly as if developing an ordinary negative;
+but the action of the developer is stopped at the precise moment when
+the positive has acquired intensity sufficient for the purpose for which
+it is to be used. Fixing, varnishing, etc., are then carried on the
+usual way. The great advantage of this process consists in the fact of
+its rendering positives of much greater delicacy than those that are
+taken by contact; and, on the other hand, by means of it we are able to
+avoid two distinct operations, when for certain kinds of work we require
+positive plates where a negative would be of no service. M. V. Rau,
+the assistant who has carried out this process under the direction of
+Captain Bing, has described it in a work which has just been published
+by M. Gauthier-Villars.
+
+_Experiments of Captain Bing on the Sensitiveness of Coal Oil_.--The
+same Captain of Engineers has undertaken a series of very interesting
+experiments on the sensitiveness to light of one or two substances to
+which bitumen probably owes its sensitiveness, but which, contrary to
+what takes place with bitumen, are capable of rendering very beautiful
+half tones, both on polished zinc and on albumenized paper. These
+sensitive substances are extracted by dissolving marine glue or coal-tar
+in benzine. By exposure to light, both marine-glue and coal-tar turn of
+a sepia color, and, in a printing-frame, they render a visible image,
+which is not the case with bitumen; their solvents are in the order of
+their energy; chloroform, ether, benzine, turpentine, petroleum spirit,
+and alcohol. Of these solvents, benzine is the best adapted for reducing
+the substances to a fluid state, so as to enable them to flow over the
+zinc. The images obtained, which are permanent, and which are very much
+like those of the Daguerreotype, are fixed by means of the turpentine
+and petroleum spirit. They are washed with water, and then carefully
+dried. It is possible to obtain prints with half-tones in fatty ink by
+means of plates of zinc coated with marine-glue. Some attempts in this
+direction were shown to me, which promised very well in this respect. We
+are, therefore, in the right road, not only for economically producing
+permanent prints on paper, but also for making zinc plates in which the
+phototype film of bichromatized gelatine is replaced by a solution of
+marine-glue and benzine. The substance known in commerce under the name
+of pitch or coal-tar will produce the same results.
+
+_Bitumen Plates_.--A new method of making bitumen plates by contact has
+also been introduced into the topographical studios. The plan, or the
+original drawing, is placed against a glass plate, coated with a mixture
+of bitumen and of marine-glue dissolved in benzine. The marine-glue
+gives the bitumen greater pliancy, and prevents it from scaling off when
+rubbed, particularly when the plate is retouched with a dry point.
+These bitumen plates are so thoroughly opaque to the penetration of the
+actinic rays, that the printing-frame may be left for any time in full
+sunlight without any fear of fog being produced on the zinc plate from
+which the prints are to be taken.
+
+_Method for Topographic Engraving by Commandant de la Noë_.--Before
+leaving the interesting studios of which I have been speaking, I ought
+to mention a very ingenious application which has been made of a process
+called _topogravure_, invented by Commandant de la Noë, who is the
+director of this important department. A plate of polished zinc is
+coated with bitumen in the usual way, and then exposed directly to the
+light under an original drawing, or even under a printed plan. So soon
+as the light has sufficiently acted, which may be seen by means of
+photometric bands equally transparent at the plate, all the bitumen not
+acted upon is dissolved. As it is a positive which has acted as matrix,
+the uncovered zinc indicates the design, and the ground remains coated
+with insoluble bitumen. The plate is then etched with a weak solution
+of nitric acid in water, and the lines of the design are thus slightly
+engraved; the surface is then re-coated with another layer of bitumen,
+which fills up all the hollows, and is then rubbed down with charcoal.
+All the surface is thus cleaned off, and the only bitumen which remains
+is that in the lines, which, though not deep, are sufficiently so to
+protect the substance from the rubbing of the charcoal. When this
+is done we have an engraved plate which can be printed from, like a
+lithographic stone; it is gummed and wetted in the usual way, and it
+gives prints of much greater delicacy and purity than those taken
+directly from the bitumen. The ink is retained by the slight projection
+of the surface beyond the line, so that it cannot spread, and a kind of
+copper plate engraving is taken by lithographic printing. Besides, in
+arriving at this result, there is the advantage of being able to use
+directly the original plans and drawings, without being obliged to have
+recourse to a plate taken in the camera; the latter is indispensable
+for printing in the usual way on bitumen where the impression on the
+sensitive film is obtained by means of a negative. It will be seen that
+this process is exceedingly ingenious, and not only is its application
+very easy, but all its details are essentially practical.
+
+_Succinate of Iron Developer_.--I have received a letter from M.
+Borlinetto, in which he states that he has been induced by the analogy
+which exists between oxalic and succinic acids to try whether succinate
+of iron can be substituted for oxalate of iron as a developer. To prove
+this he prepared some proto-succinate of iron from the succinate of
+potassium and proto-sulphate of iron, following the method given by Dr.
+Eder for the preparation of his ferrous oxalate developer. He carried
+out the development in the same way as is done by the oxalate, and
+he found that the succinate of iron is even more energetic than the
+oxalate. The plate develops regularly with much delicacy, and gives a
+peculiar tone. It is necessary to take some fresh solution at every
+operation, on account of the proto-succinate of iron being rapidly
+converted into per-succinate by contact with the air.
+
+_Method of Making Friable Hydro-Cellulose_.--At the meeting of the
+Photographic Society of France, M. Girard showed his method of preparing
+cellulose in a state of powder, specially adapted for the production of
+pyroxyline for making collodion. Carded cotton-wool is placed in water,
+acidulated with 3 per cent. of sulphuric or nitric acid, and is left
+there from five to fifteen seconds; it is then taken out and laid on a
+linen cloth, which is then wrung so as to extract most of the liquid. In
+this condition there still remains from 30 to 40 per cent. of acidulated
+water; the cotton is divided into parcels and allowed to dry in the open
+air until it feels dry to the touch, though in this condition it still
+contains 20 per cent. of water. It is next inclosed in a covered jar,
+which is heated to a temperature of 65° C.; the desiccation therefore
+takes place in the closed space, and the conversion of the material
+is completed in about two or three hours. In this way a very perfect
+hydro-cellulose is obtained, and in the best form for producing
+excellent pyroxyline.--_Corresp. Photo Mews_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PHOTO TRACINGS IN BLACK AND COLOR.
+
+
+Two new processes for taking photo tracings in black and color have
+recently been published--"Nigrography" and "Anthrakotype"--both of which
+represent a real advance in photographic art. By these two processes we
+are enabled for the first time to accomplish the rapid production of
+positive copies in black of plans and other line drawings. Each of
+these new methods has its own sphere of action; both, therefore, should
+deserve equally descriptive notices.
+
+For large plans, drawn with lines of even breadth, and showing no
+gradated lines, or such as shade into gray, the process styled
+"nigrography," invented by Itterbeim, of Vienna, and patented both
+in Germany and Austria, will be found best adapted. The base of this
+process is a solution of gum, with which large sheets of paper can be
+more readily coated than with one of gelatine; it is, therefore, very
+suitable for the preparation of tracings of the largest size. The paper
+used must be the best drawing paper, thoroughly sized, and on this the
+solution, consisting of 25 parts of gum arabic dissolved in 100 parts of
+water, to which are added 7 parts of potassium bichromate and I part of
+alcohol, is spread with a broad, flat brush. It is then dried, and if
+placed in a cool, dark place will keep good for a long time. When used,
+it is placed under the plan to be reproduced, and exposed to diffused
+light for from five to ten minutes--that is to say, to about 14° of
+Vogel's photometer; it is then removed and placed for twenty minutes in
+cold water, in order to wash out all the chromated gum which has not
+been affected by light. By pressing between two sheets of blotting-paper
+the water is then got rid of, and if the exposure has been correctly
+judged the drawing will appear as dull lines on a shiny ground. After
+the paper has been completely dried it is ready for the black color.
+This consists of 5 parts of shellac, 100 parts of alcohol, and 15 parts
+of finely-powdered vine-black. A sponge is used to distribute the color
+over the paper, and the latter is then laid in a 2 to 3 per cent. bath
+of sulphuric acid, where it must remain until the black color can be
+easily removed by means of a stiff brush. All the lines of the drawing
+will then appear in black on a white ground. These nigrographic tracings
+are very fine, but they only appear in complete perfection when the
+original drawings are perfectly opaque. Half-tone lines, or the marks
+of a red pencil on the original, are not reproduced in the nigrographic
+copy.
+
+"Anthrakotype" is a kind of dusting-on process. It was invented by Dr.
+Sobacchi, in the year 1879, and has been lately more fully described by
+Captain Pizzighelli. This process--called also "Photanthrakography"--is
+founded on the property of chromated gelatine which has not been acted
+on by light to swell up in lukewarm water, and to become tacky, so that
+in this condition it can retain powdered color which had been dusted
+on it. Wherever, however, the chromated gelatine has been acted on by
+light, the surface becomes horny, undergoes no change in warm water, and
+loses all sign of tackiness. In this process absolute opacity in
+the lines of the original drawing is by no means necessary, for it
+reproduces gray, half-tone lines just as well as it does black ones.
+Pencil drawings can also be copied, and in this lies one great advantage
+of the process over other photo-tracing methods, for, to a certain
+extent, even half-tones can be produced.
+
+For the paper for anthrakotype an ordinary strong, well-sized paper must
+be selected. This must be coated with a gelatine solution (gelatine 1,
+water 30 parts), either by floating the paper on the solution, or by
+flowing the solution over the paper. In the latter case the paper is
+softened by soaking in water, is then pressed on to a glass plate placed
+in a horizontal position, the edges are turned up, and the gelatine
+solution is poured into the trough thus formed. To sensitize the
+paper, it is dipped for a couple of minutes in a solution of potassium
+bichromate (1 in 25), then taken out and dried in the dark.
+
+The paper is now placed beneath the drawing in a copying-frame, and
+exposed for several minutes to the light; it is afterward laid in cold
+water in order to remove all excess of chromate. A copy of the original
+drawing now exists in relief on the swollen gelatine, and, in order to
+make this relief sticky, the paper is next dipped for a short time in
+water, at a temperature of about 28° or 30° C. It is then laid on a
+smooth glass plate, superficially dried by means of blotting-paper, and
+lamp-black or soot evenly dusted on over the whole surface by means of
+a fine sieve. Although lamp-black is so inexpensive and so easily
+obtained, as material it answers the present purpose better than any
+other black coloring substance. If now the color be evenly distributed
+with a broad brush, the whole surface of the paper will appear to be
+thoroughly black. In order to fix the color on the tacky parts of the
+gelatine, the paper must next be dried by artificial heat--say, by
+placing it near a stove--and this has the advantage of still further
+increasing the stickiness of the gelatine in the parts which have not
+been acted upon by light, so that the coloring matter adheres even more
+firmly to the gelatine. When the paper is thoroughly dry, place it in
+water, and let it be played on by a strong jet; this removes all the
+color from the parts which have been exposed to the light, and so
+develops the picture. By a little gentle friction with a wet sponge, the
+development will be materially promoted.
+
+A highly interesting peculiarity of this anthrakotype process is the
+fact that a copy, though it may have been incorrectly exposed, can
+still be saved. For instance, if the image does not seem to be vigorous
+enough, it can be intensified in the simplest way; it is only necessary
+to soak the paper afresh, then dust on more color, etc.; in short,
+repeat the developing process as above described. In difficult cases the
+dusting-on may be repeated five or six times, till at last the desired
+intensity is obtained.
+
+By this process, therefore, we get a positive copy of a positive
+original in black lines on a white ground. Of course, any other coloring
+material in a state of powder may be used instead of soot, and then a
+colored drawing on a white ground is obtained. Very pretty variations of
+the process may be made by using gold or silver paper, and dusting-on
+with different colors; or a picture may be taken in gold bronze powder
+on a white ground. In this way colored drawings may be taken on a gold
+or a silver ground, and very bright photo tracings will be the result.
+Some examples of this kind, that have been sent us from Vienna, are
+exceedingly beautiful.
+
+Summing up the respective advantages of the two processes we have above
+described, we may say that "nigrography" is best adapted for
+copying drawings of a large size; the copies can with difficulty be
+distinguished from good autographs, and they do not possess the bad
+quality of gelatine papers--the tendency to roll up and crack. Drawings,
+however, which have shadow or gradated lines cannot be well produced by
+this process; in such cases it is better to adopt "anthrakotype," with
+which good results will be obtained.--_Photographic News_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ON M. C. FAURE'S SECONDARY BATTERY.
+
+
+The researches of M. Gaston Planté on the polarization of voltameters
+led to his invention of the secondary cell, composed of two strips of
+lead immersed in acidulated water. These cells accumulate, and, so to
+speak, store up the electricity passed into them from some outside
+generator. When the two electrodes are connected with any source of
+electricity the surfaces of the two strips of lead undergo certain
+modifications. Thus, the positive pole retains oxygen and becomes
+covered with a thin coating of peroxide of lead, while the negative pole
+becomes reduced to a clean metallic state.
+
+Now, if the secondary cell is separated from the primary one, we have a
+veritable voltaic battery, for the symmetry of the poles is upset, and
+one is ready to give up oxygen and the other eager to receive it. When
+the poles are connected, an intense electric current is obtained, but
+it is of short duration. Such a cell, having half a square meter of
+surface, can store up enough electricity to keep a platinum wire 1
+millim. in diameter and 8 centims. long, red-hot for ten minutes. M.
+Planté has succeeded in increasing the duration of the current by
+alternately charging and discharging the cell, so as alternately to
+form layers of reduced metal and peroxide of lead on the surface of the
+strip. It was seen that this cell would afford an excellent means for
+the conveyance of electricity from place to place, the great drawback,
+however, being that the storing capacity was not sufficient as compared
+with the weight and size of the cell. This difficulty has now been
+overcome by M. Faure; the cell as he has improved it is made in the
+following manner:
+
+The two strips of lead are separately covered with minium or some other
+insoluble oxide of lead, then covered with an envelope of felt, firmly
+attached by rivets of lead. These two electrodes are then placed near
+each other in water acidulated with sulphuric acid, as in the Planté
+cell. The cell is then attached to a battery so as to allow a current
+of electricity to pass through it, and the minium is thereby reduced to
+metallic spongy lead on the negative pole, and oxidized to peroxide of
+lead on the positive pole; when the cell is discharged the reduced lead
+becomes oxidized, and the peroxide of lead is reduced until the cell
+becomes inert.
+
+The improvement consists, as will be seen, in substituting for strips
+of lead masses of spongy lead; for, in the Planté cell, the action is
+restricted to the surface, while in Faure's modification the action is
+almost unlimited. A battery composed of Faure's cells, and weighing 150
+lb., is capable of storing up a quantity of electricity equivalent to
+one horsepower during one hour, and calculations based on facts in
+thermal chemistry show that this weight could be greatly decreased. A
+battery of 24 cells, each weighing 14 lb., will keep a strip of platinum
+five-eighths of an inch wide, one-thirty-second of an inch thick, and 9
+ft. 10 in. long, red-hot for a long time.
+
+The loss resulting from the charging and discharging of this battery is
+not great; for example, if a certain quantity of energy is expended in
+charging the cells, 80 per cent. of that energy can be reproduced by the
+electricity resulting from the discharge of the cells; moreover, the
+battery can be carried from one place to another without injury. A
+battery was lately charged in Paris, then taken to Brussels, where it
+was used the next day without recharging. The cost is also said to be
+very low. A quantity of electricity equal to one horse power during an
+hour can be produced, stored, and delivered at any distance within 3
+miles of the works for 1½d. Therefore these batteries may become useful
+in producing the electric light in private houses. A 1,250 horsepower
+engine, working dynamo-machines giving a continuous current, will in one
+hour produce 1,000 horse-power of effective electricity, that is to
+say 80 per cent. of the initial force. The cost of the machines,
+establishment, and construction will not be more than £40,000, and the
+quantity of coal burnt will be 2 lb. per hour per effective horse-power,
+which will cost (say) ½d. The apparatus necessary to store up the force
+of 1,000 horses for twenty-four hours will cost £48,000, and will weigh
+1,500 tons. This price and these weights may become much less after a
+time. The expense for wages and repairs will be less than ¼d. per hour
+per horse-power, which would be £24 a day, or £8,800 a year; thus the
+total cost of one horse-power for an hour stored up at the works is
+¾d. Allowing that the carriage will cost as much as the production and
+storing, we have what is stated above, viz., that the total cost within
+3 miles of the works is 1½d. per horse-power per hour. This quantity of
+electricity will produce a light, according to the amount of division,
+equivalent to from 5 to 30 gas burners, which is much cheaper than
+gas.--_Chemical News_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PHYSICAL SCIENCE IN OUR COMMON SCHOOLS.
+
+[Footnote: Read before the State Normal Institute at Winona, Minnesota,
+April 28, 1881, by Clarence M. Boutelle, Professor of Mathematics and
+Physical Science in the State Normal School.]
+
+
+Very little, perhaps, which is new can be said regarding the teaching
+of physical science by the experimental method. Special schools for
+scientific education, with large and costly laboratories, are by no
+means few nor poorly attended; scientific books and periodicals are
+widely read; scientific lectures are popular. But, while in many schools
+of advanced grade, science is taught in a scientific way, in many others
+the work is confined to the mere study of books, and in only a few of
+our common district schools is it taught at all.
+
+I shall advocate, and I believe with good reason, the use of apparatus
+and experiments to supplement the knowledge gained from books in schools
+where books are used, the giving of lessons to younger children who do
+not use books, and the giving of these lessons to some extent in all
+our schools. And the facts which I have gathered together regarding the
+teaching of science will be used with all these ends in view.
+
+Physics--using the term in its broadest sense--has been defined as the
+science which has for its object the study of the material world, the
+phenomena which it presents to us, the laws which govern (or account
+for) these phenomena, and the applications which can be made of either
+classes of related phenomena, or of laws, to the wants of man. Thus
+broadly defined, physics would be one of two great subjects covering the
+whole domain of knowledge. The entire world of matter, as distinguished
+from the world of mind, would be presented to us in a comprehensive
+study of physics.
+
+I shall consider in this discussion only a limited part of this great
+subject. Phenomena modified by the action of the vital force, either in
+plants or in animals, will be excluded; I shall not, therefore, consider
+such subjects as botany or zoölogy. Geology and related branches will
+also be omitted by restricting our study to phenomena which take place
+in short, definite, measurable periods of time. And lastly, those
+subjects in which, as in astronomy, the phenomena take place beyond
+the control of student and teacher, and in which their repetition at
+pleasure is impossible, will not be considered. Natural philosophy, or
+physics, as this term is generally used, and chemistry, will, therefore,
+be the subjects which we will consider as sources from which to draw
+matter for lessons for the children in our schools.
+
+The child's mind has the receptive side, the sensibility, the most
+prominent. His senses are alert. He handles and examines objects about
+him. He sees more, and he learns more from the seeing, than he will in
+later years unless his perceptive powers are definitely trained and
+observation made a habit. His judgment and his will are weak. He reasons
+imperfectly. He chooses without appropriate motives. He needs the
+building up and development given by educational training. _Nature
+points out the method._
+
+Sensibility being the characteristic of his mind, we must appeal to him
+through his senses. We must use the concrete; through it we must act
+upon his weak will and immature judgment. From his natural curiosity we
+must develop attention. His naturally strong perceptive powers must be
+made yet stronger; they must be led in proper directions and fixed upon
+appropriate objects. He must be led to appreciate the relation between
+cause and effects--to associate together related facts--and to state
+what he knows in a definite, clear, and forcible manner.
+
+Object lessons, conversational lessons, lessons on animals, lessons
+based on pictures and other devices, have been used to meet this demand
+of the child's mental make up. Good in many respects, and vastly better
+than mere book work, they have faults which I shall point out in
+connection with the corresponding advantages of easy lessons in the
+elements of science. I shall not quibble over definitions. Object
+lessons may, perhaps, properly be said to include lessons such as it
+seems to me should be given--lessons drawn from natural philosophy or
+chemistry--but I use the term here in the sense in which it is often
+used, as meaning lessons based upon some object. A thimble, a knife, a
+watch, for instance, each of these being a favorite with a certain class
+of object teachers, may be taken.
+
+The objections are:
+
+1. Little new knowledge can be given which is simple and appropriate.
+Most children already know the names of such objects as are chosen,
+the names of the most prominent parts, the materials of which they are
+composed and their uses. Much that is often given should be omitted
+altogether if we fairly regard the economy of the child's time and
+mental strength. It doesn't pay to teach children that which isn't worth
+remembering, and which we don't care to have them remember.
+
+2. Study of the qualities of materials is a prominent part of lessons on
+objects. Such study is really the study of physical science, but with
+objects such as are usually selected is a very difficult part to give
+to young children. Ask the student who has taken a course in chemistry
+whether the study of the qualities of metals and their alloys is easy
+work. Ask him how much can readily be shown, and how much must be taken
+on authority. Have him tell you how much or how little the thing itself
+suggests, and how much must he memorized from the mere book statement
+and with difficulty. Study of materials is good to a certain extent, but
+it is often carried much too far.
+
+Consider a conversational lesson on some animal. Lessons are sometimes
+given on cats. As an element in a reading lesson--to arouse interest--to
+hold the attention--to secure correct emphasis and inflection--to make
+sure of the reading being good: such work is appropriate. But let us see
+what the effect upon the pupil is as regards the knowledge he gains
+of the cat, and the effect upon his habits of thought and study. The
+student gives some statement as to the appearance--the size--or some
+act of his cat. It is usually an imperfect statement drawn from the
+imperfect memory of an imperfect observation. And the teacher, having
+only a _general knowledge_ of the habits of cats, can correct in only
+a general way. Thus habits of faulty and incorrect observation and
+inaccurate memory are fastened upon the child. It is no less by the
+correction of the false than by the presenting of the true, that we
+educate properly.
+
+Besides this there is the fact that traits, habits, and peculiarities
+of animals are not always manifested when we wish them to be. Suppose
+a teacher asks a child to notice the way in which a dog drinks, for
+example; the child may have to wait until long after all the associated
+facts, the reasons why this thing was to be observed--the lesson as a
+whole of which this formed a part--have all grown dim in the memory,
+before the chance for the observation occurs.
+
+Pictures are less valuable as educational aids than objects; at best
+they are but partially and imperfectly concrete. The study of pictures
+tends to cultivate the imagination and taste, but observation and
+judgment are but little exercised.
+
+A comparison of the kind of knowledge gained in either of the above ways
+with that gained by a study of science as such, will make some of the
+advantages of the latter evident. An act of complete knowledge consists
+in the identifying of an attribute with a subject. Attributes of
+quality--of condition--of relation, may be gained from lessons in which
+objects or pictures are used. Attributes of action which are unregulated
+by the observer may be learned from the study of animals. But very
+little of actions and changes which can be made to take place under
+specified conditions, and with uniformity of result, can be learned
+until physical science is drawn upon.
+
+And yet consider the importance of such study. Changes around him appeal
+most strongly to the child. "Why _does_ this thing _do_ as it _does_?"
+is more frequent than "Why _is_ this thing as it _is_?" He sees changes
+of place, of form, of size, of composition, taking place; his curiosity
+is aroused; and he is ready to study with avidity, and in a systematic
+manner, the changes which his teacher may present to him. Consider
+the peculiarities belonging to the study of changes of any sort. The
+interest is held, for the mind is constantly gaining the new. The
+attention cannot be divided--all parts of the change, all phases of the
+action, must be known, and to be known must be _observed_; while in
+other forms of lessons the attention may be diverted for a moment to
+return to the consideration of exactly what was being observed before.
+It goes without saying that in one case quick and accurate observation,
+a retentive memory, and the association of causes and effects follow,
+and that in the other they do not.
+
+I advocate, therefore, the teaching of physical science in our
+schools--_in all our schools_. Physical science taught by the
+experimental method.
+
+An experiment has been defined as a question put to Nature, a question
+asked in _things_ rather than in _words_, and so conditioned that no
+uncertain answer can be given. Nature says that all matter gravitates,
+not in words, but in the swing of planets around the sun, and in the
+leap of the avalanche. And men have devised ingenious machines through
+which Nature may tell us the invariable laws of gravitation, and give
+some hint as to why it is true.
+
+There are two kinds of experiments, and two corresponding kinds of
+investigators.
+
+I. In original investigation there are the following elements:
+
+1. The careful determination of all the conditions under which the
+experiment takes place.
+
+2. The observation of exactly what happens, with a painstaking
+elimination of all previous notions as to what ought to happen.
+
+3. The change of conditions, one at a time, with a comparison of the
+results obtained with the changes made, in order to determine that each
+condition has been given just its appropriate weight in the experiment.
+
+4. The classification and explanation of the result.
+
+5. The extension of the knowledge gained by turning it to investigations
+suggested by what has already been learned.
+
+6. The practical application of the knowledge gained.
+
+II. In ordinary experiments for educational purposes the experimenter
+follows in a general way in the footsteps of the original investigator.
+There are the following elements to be considered:
+
+1. The arrangement of conditions in general imitation of the original
+investigator. This arrangement needs only to be general. For example, if
+an original investigation were undertaken to determine the composition
+of a metallic oxide, the metal and the oxygen would both be carefully
+saved to be measured and weighed and fully tested. The ordinary
+experiment would be considered successful if oxygen and the metal were
+shown to result.
+
+2. The careful consideration of what should happen.
+
+3 The determination that the expected either does or does not happen,
+with examination of reasons and elimination of disturbing causes in the
+latter case.
+
+4. The accepting as true of the classification and explanation already
+given. Theories, explanations, and laws are thus accepted every day by
+minds which could never have originated either them or the experiments
+from which they were derived.
+
+The method of original investigation, strictly considered, presents
+many difficulties. A long course of preliminary training--a thorough
+knowledge of what has been done in a given field already--a quick
+imagination--a genius for devising forms of apparatus which will enable
+him to work well under particular conditions in the most simple and
+effective way--the faculty of suspending judgment, and of seeing
+what happens, all that happens, and just how it
+happens--patience--caution--courage--quick judgment when a completed
+experiment presses for an explanation--these are some of the
+characteristics which must belong to the original worker.
+
+Were we all capable of doing such work there would be these advantages,
+among others, of studying for ourselves:
+
+1. What we find out for ourselves we remember longer and recall more
+readily than what we acquire in any other way. This advantage holds true
+whether the facts learned are entirely new or only new to us. Almost
+every man whose life has been spent in study has a store of facts which
+he discovered, and on which he built hopes of future greatness until
+he found out later that they were old to the knowledge of the world he
+lived in. And these things are among those which will remain longest in
+his memory.
+
+2. Associated facts would be learned in studying in this way which would
+remain unknown otherwise.
+
+But all the advantages would be associated with disadvantages too. Long
+periods of time would have to be given for comparatively small results.
+The history of science is full of instances in which years were spent in
+the elaboration of some law, or principle, or theory which the school
+boy of to-day learns in an hour and recites in a breath. Why does water
+rise in a pump? Do all bodies, large and small, fall equally fast? The
+principles which answer and explain such questions can be made so clear
+and evident to the mind of a pupil that he would almost fancy they must
+have been known from the first instead of having waited for the hard,
+earnest labor of intellectual giants. And science has gone on, and
+for us and for our pupils would still go on, only as accompanied with
+numerous mistakes and disappointments.
+
+What method shall we adopt in the teaching of science? It must
+differ according to the age and capacity of the pupils. An excellent
+modification of the method of original investigation may be arranged as
+follows:
+
+The children are put in possession of all facts relating to conditions,
+the teacher explaining them as much as may be necessary. The experiment
+is performed, the pupils being required to observe exactly what takes
+place, the experiments selected being of such a nature that any previous
+judgment as to what ought to occur is as nearly impossible as may be. We
+predict from knowledge, real or supposed, of facts which are associated
+in our minds with any new subject under consideration. Children often
+know in a general, vague, and indefinite way that which, for the sake of
+a full and systematic knowledge, we may desire them to study. What
+they know will unconsciously modify their expectations, and their
+expectations in turn may modify their observations. We are apt to
+believe that happens which we expect will happen. There ought to be no
+difficulty, however, in finding simple and appropriate experiments with
+which the child is entirely unacquainted, and in which anything beyond
+the wildest guess work is, for him, impossible. The principal use which
+can be made of this method is in the mere observation of what takes
+place. Nothing which the child notices correctly need be rejected,
+no matter how far removed from the chief event on the object of the
+experiment. Care that the pupil shall see all, and separate the
+essential from the accidental, is all that is necessary.
+
+But the original investigator assigns reasons, and with care the
+children may be allowed to attempt that. This, however, should not be
+carried far; incorrect explanations should be criticised; and the class
+should at length be given all the elements of the correct explanation
+which they have not determined for themselves. Later, pupils should be
+encouraged to name related phenomena, to mention things which they
+have seen happen which are due to associated causes, and to suggest
+variations for the experiment and tests for its explanation. Good
+results may be made to follow this kind of work even with very young
+pupils. A child grows in mental strength by using the powers he has, and
+mistakes seen to be such are not only steps toward a correct view of the
+subject under consideration, but are steps toward that habit of mind
+which spontaneously presents correct views at once in study which comes
+later in life.
+
+Another method is this: The pupil may know what is expected to happen,
+as well as the conditions given, and held responsible for an observation
+of what does happen and a comparison of what he really observes with
+what he expects to observe. Explanations are usually given a class,
+often in books with which they are furnished, instead of being drawn
+from them, in whole or in part, by questioning, when physical science is
+studied in this way. Indeed, this method is a necessity when text books
+are used, unless experiments from some outside source are introduced.
+
+Who shall perform the experiments? With young pupils everywhere, and
+in most of our common, and even in many of our graded schools, the
+experiments must be performed by the teacher. With young pupils the time
+is too limited, and the responsibility and necessary care too great to
+permit of any other plan being practical. In many of our schools the
+small supply of apparatus renders this necessary even with larger
+pupils. Added to the reasons already given is the important one that in
+no other way--by no other plan--can the teacher be as readily sure that
+his pupils observe and reason fully for themselves. In this normal
+school a course in physics, in which the experiments are all performed
+in the class room by the teacher, is followed by a course in chemistry,
+in which the members of the class perform the experiments for themselves
+in the laboratory. And, notwithstanding the age, maturity, and previous
+observation of the pupils, a great deal must be done both in the
+laboratory and in the recitation room to be sure that all that happens
+is seen--that the purpose is clearly held in the mind--that the reason
+is fully understood.
+
+With older pupils and greater facilities, however, the experiments
+should be performed by the pupils themselves. Constant watchfulness is
+necessary, it is true, to insure to the pupil the full educational
+value of the experiment. With this watchfulness it can be done, and the
+advantages are numerous. Among them are:
+
+1. The learning of the use and care of apparatus.
+
+2. The learning of methods of actual construction, from materials at
+hand, of some of the simpler kinds of apparatus.
+
+3. The learning of the importance of careful preparation. An experiment
+may be performed in a few minutes before a class which has taken an hour
+or more of time in its preparation. The pupil fully appreciates its
+importance, and is in the best condition to remember it only when he
+has had a part of the hard work attending that preparation. Again,
+conditions under which an experiment is successfully performed are often
+not appreciated when merely stated in words. "To prepare hydrogen gas,
+pass a thistle tube and a delivery tube through a cork which fit tightly
+in the neck of a bottle," etc., is simple enough. Let a pupil try with a
+cork which does not fit tightly and he will never forget that condition.
+
+4. The learning of the importance of following directions. Chemistry,
+especially, is full of those cases where this means everything.
+Sometimes, not often in experiments performed in school, however, it may
+mean even life or death.
+
+The time for experiments should be carefully considered. When performed
+by the teacher they should be taken up during the recitation:
+
+1. If used as a foundation to build upon, at the beginning of the
+lesson.
+
+2. If used as a summary, at the close.
+
+3. They should be closely connected with the points which they
+illustrate.
+
+4. When very short, or when so difficult as to demand the whole
+attention of the teacher, they may be given and afterward discussed. If
+long or easy, they may be discussed while the work is going on. Changes
+which take place slowly, as those which are brought about by the gradual
+action of heat, for instance, are best taken up in this latter way.
+
+5. Exceptions may be necessary, as when experiments which demand special
+preparation immediately before they are presented are given when the
+recitation begins, or cases in which experiments are kept until near the
+close of a recitation, when the teacher finds that attention flags and
+the lesson seems to have lost its interest to the pupils as soon as the
+experiments have been given.
+
+When performed by the pupils themselves, experiments should come before
+the recitation as a part of the preparation for the work of the class
+room.
+
+Even in those cases in which the teacher performs the work, opportunity
+should be given, from time to time, for the performing of the experiment
+by the pupils themselves. This can be done in several ways. During the
+course in physics here I am in the habit of leaving apparatus on the
+table in my room for at least one day, often for a longer time, and of
+giving permission to my class to perform the experiments for themselves
+when their time permits and the nature of the experiment makes it an
+advantage to get a nearer view than was possible in the class work. I
+leave it to them to decide when to perform the experiments, or whether
+it is to their advantage to take the time to perform them at all. I make
+no attempt to watch either pupils or apparatus, although I would
+often assist or explain at intermissions or during the afternoon. The
+apparatus was largely used, and the effect on recitations was a good
+one. For advanced pupils, and those who can be fully trusted, the plan
+is a good one. The only question is the safety of the apparatus; each
+teacher can decide for himself regarding the advisability of the plan
+for his own school.
+
+With smaller pupils their own safety may render it best to keep
+apparatus out of their hands, except under the immediate direction of
+the teacher. With all pupils that is, doubtless, the best plan where
+chemicals are concerned.
+
+Another method is to allow pupils to assist the teacher in the
+preparation of experiments, to call occasionally upon members of the
+class to come forward and give the experiment in the place of the
+teacher, and to encourage home work relating to experiments. This latter
+is often spontaneous on the part of older pupils, and can be brought
+about with the smaller ones by the use of a little tact; many of the
+toys of the present day have some scientific principle at bottom; let
+the teacher find out what toys his young pupils have, and encourage them
+to use them in a scientific way.
+
+In whatever ways experiments be used, the class should be made to
+consider the following elements as important in every case:
+
+1. The purpose of the experiment. The same experiment may be performed
+at one time for one purpose, at another time for another. The purpose
+intended should be made the prominent thing, all others being
+subordinated to it. Many chemical reactions, for instance, can be made
+to yield either one of two or more substances for study or examination,
+or use, while it may be the purpose of the experiment to close only one
+of them.
+
+2 The apparatus. All elements should be considered. The necessary should
+be separated from that which may vary. In cases where the various parts
+must have some definite relation to the others as regards size or
+position, all that should be considered with care. In complex apparatus
+the exact office of each part should be understood.
+
+3. A clear understanding of what happens. To this I have already
+referred.
+
+4. Why it happens.
+
+5. In what other way it might be made to happen. In chemistry almost
+every substance can be prepared in several different ways. The common
+method is in most cases made so by some consideration of convenience,
+cheapness, or safety. Often only one method is considered in one place
+in a text book. In a review, however, several methods can be associated
+together. Tests, uses, etc., will vary, too, and should be studied with
+that fact in view. In physics phenomena illustrating a given principle
+can usually be made to take place in several different ways. Often very
+simple apparatus will do to illustrate some fact for which complex and
+costly apparatus would be convenient. In such case the study of the
+experiment with that fact in view becomes important to us who need to
+simplify apparatus as much as possible.
+
+6. Special precautions which may be necessary. Some experiments always
+work well, even in the hands of those not used to the work. Others are
+successful--sometimes safe, even--only when the greatest care is taken.
+Substances are used constantly in work in chemistry which are deadly
+poisons, others which are gaseous and will pass through the smallest
+holes. In physics the experiments usually present fewer difficulties of
+this sort. But special care is necessary to complete success here.
+
+7. Other things shown by the experiment. While the main object should
+be kept in most prominent view in all experimental work, the fullest
+educational value will come only when all that can be learned by the use
+of an experiment is carefully considered.
+
+In selecting just the work to be taken up with a given class of
+children, attention must be paid to the selection of the appropriate
+matter to be presented and the well adapted method of presenting it. The
+following points should be carefully considered:
+
+1. The matter must be adapted to the capacity of the child. This must be
+true both as regards the quality and the quantity. The tendency will be
+to teach too much when the matter presented is entirely new, but too
+little in many cases where the pupil already knows the subject in a
+general way. Matter is valuable only when given slowly enough to permit
+of its being fully understood and memorized, while on the other hand
+method is valuable only when it secures the development of attention and
+the various faculties of the child's mind by presenting a sufficient
+amount of the new.
+
+2. The work must be based on what is already known. This, one of the
+best known of the principles of teaching, is of at least as great
+importance in physical science as in any other department of knowledge.
+It seems to me in many cases to be more important here than elsewhere.
+It is not necessary to reach each point by passing over every other
+point usually considered. Lessons in electricity or sound, for instance,
+can be given to children who have done nothing with other parts of
+science. But a natural beginning must be made, and an orderly sequence
+of lessons adopted. Children will not do what adults would find almost
+impossible in covering gaps between lessons.
+
+Science may be compared to a great temple. Pillars, each built of many
+curiously joined stones, standing at the very entrance, represent the
+departments of science so far as man has studied them. We need not dig
+down and study the foundations with the children; we need not study
+every pillar nor choose any particular one rather than some other; but
+we must learn something of every stone--of each great fact--in the
+pillar we select, be it ever so little. The original investigator climbs
+to stones never before reached, or boldly ventures away into the dim
+recesses beyond the entrance to bring back hints of what may be known
+and believed a hundred years hence, perhaps. The exact investigator
+measures each stone. Patiently and toilsomely scientific men examine
+them with glass and reagent. We need not do this, but we must omit none
+of the stones.
+
+3. The work must be continuous. To continue the figure, the stones must
+be considered in some regular order. One lesson in electricity, one in
+sound, then one in some other department is injurious. We remember best
+by associated facts, and, while with the child this is less so than with
+the man, one great object of this work is to teach him to remember in
+that way.
+
+4. Experiments should never be performed for mere show. Of two
+experiments which illustrate a fact equally well it is often best to
+select the most striking and brilliant one. The attention and interest
+of the child will be gained in this way when they would not be to so
+great an extent in any other. The point of the experiment, however,
+should never be lost sight of in attention to the merely wonderful in
+it.
+
+With older pupils, and especially with those who use books for
+themselves and perform the experiments there considered, the fact that
+experiments demand work, downright hard work, with care, and patience,
+and perseverance, and courage, cannot be kept too prominently before
+them.
+
+5. Every lesson should have a definite object. Not the general value of
+the experiment, but some _one thing_ which it shows should be the object
+considered.
+
+6. Each experiment should be associated with some truth expressed in
+words. The experiment should be remembered in connection with a definite
+statement in each case. The memory of either the experiment, or the
+principle apart from the experiment, is a species of half knowledge
+which should be avoided. An unillustrated principle must, when the
+necessity arises, be stored in the memory; and in the systematic study
+of books this necessity will often come. But we should never crowd this
+abstract work on the memory unassisted by the suggestive concrete, when
+the concrete aid is possible.
+
+7. All that is taught should be true. It is not necessary to attempt to
+exhaust a subject, nor to attempt to teach minute details regarding it
+to the pupils in our schools, but it is necessary that every statement
+given to the pupil to be learned and remembered should contain no
+element of falsehood.
+
+The student in mathematics experiences a feeling of growing strength and
+power when he finds, in algebra, that the formula he used in arithmetic
+in extracting a square root has grown in importance by leading
+indirectly to a theorem of which it is only one particular case--a
+theorem with a more definite proof, and a larger capability for use than
+he had thought possible. When he finds a still simpler proof for the
+binomial theorem in his study of the calculus, his feeling of increasing
+power and the desire for still greater results deepens and intensifies.
+Were he to find, on the contrary, that from a false notion of the means
+to be used in making a thing simple, his teacher in arithmetic had
+taught him what is false, we should approve his feeling of disgust and
+disappointment. Early impressions are the most lasting, and the hardest
+part of school work for the teacher is the unteaching of false ideas,
+and the correcting of imperfectly formed and partially understood ideas.
+I took a case from mathematics, the exact science, to illustrate this
+point. But I must not neglect to notice the difference between that
+subject and physical science. The latter consists of theories,
+hypotheses, and so-called laws, supported by _observed facts_. The facts
+remain, but time has overthrown many of the hypotheses and theories, and
+it will doubtless overthrow more and give us something better and truer
+in their place. While a careful distinction between what is known and
+what is believed is necessary, I should always class the teaching of
+accepted theories and hypotheses with the teaching of the true.
+
+But teachers, with more of imagination than good sense, teach
+distinctions which do not exist, generalizations which do not
+generalize, and do incalculable mischief by so doing.
+
+8. Experimental work should be thoroughly honest as to conditions and
+results. If an experiment is not the success you expected it would be,
+say so honestly, and if you know why, explain it. The pupil should be
+taught to know just what _is_, theory or expectation to the contrary
+notwithstanding. Discoveries in physical science have often originated
+in a search for the reason for some unexpected thing.
+
+The relation of the study of science to books on science should be
+considered. For the work done with pupils before they are given books to
+use for themselves, any attempt to follow a text book is to be deplored.
+The study of the properties of matter, for instance, would be a fearful
+and wonderful thing to set a class of little ones at as a beginning in
+scientific work. Just what matter, and force, and molecules, and atoms
+are may be well enough for the student who is old enough to begin to use
+a book, but they would be but dry husks to a younger child. Many of the
+careful classifications and analyses of topics in text books had far
+better be used as summaries than in any other way; and a definition is
+better when the pupil knows it is true than when he is about to find out
+whether it is or not.
+
+An ideal course in science would be one in which nothing should be
+learned but that found out by the observation of the pupil himself under
+the guidance of the teacher, necessary terms being given, but only when
+the thing to be named had been considered, and the mind demanded the
+term because of a felt need. Practically such a method is impossible in
+its fullest sense, but a closer approach to it will be an advantage.
+
+Among the numerous good results which will follow the study of physical
+science are the following:
+
+1. The cultivation of all the faculties of the child in a natural order,
+thus making him grow into a ready, quick, and observing man. Education
+in schools is too often shaped so as to repress instead of cultivate the
+instinctive desire for the _knowledge of things_ which is found in every
+child.
+
+2. The mechanical skill which comes from the preparation and use of
+apparatus.
+
+3. The ability to follow directions.
+
+4. The belief in stated scientific facts, the understanding of
+descriptions, diagrams, etc.
+
+5. The habitual scientific use of events which happen around us.
+
+6. The study of the old to find the new. The principle of the telephone,
+for instance, is as old as spoken language. The mere[1] pulses in the
+air--carrying all the characteristics of what you say--may set in
+vibration either the drum of my ear, or a disk of metal. How simple--and
+how simple all true science is--when we understand it.
+
+[Transcribers note 1: corrected from 'more']
+
+8. The cultivation of the scientific judgment, and the inventive powers
+of the mind. One great original investigator, made such by the direction
+given his mind in one of our common schools, would be cheaply bought at
+the price of all that the study of science in our schools will cost for
+the next quarter of a century.
+
+8. Honesty. If there is a study whose every tendency is more in the
+direction of honesty and truthfulness--both with ourselves and with
+others--than is the study of experimental science, I do not know what it
+is.
+
+Physical science, then, will help in making men and women out of our
+boys and girls. It is worthy of a fair, earnest trial everywhere.
+
+A few minutes each day in which a class or a school study science in
+some of the ways I have indicated will give a knowledge at the end of a
+term or a year of no mean value. The time thus spent will have rested
+the pupils from their books, to which they will return refreshed, and
+instead of being time lost from other study the work will have been made
+enough more earnest and intense to make it again.
+
+Apparatus for illustrating many of the ordinary facts of physics can be
+devised from materials always at hand. Many more can be made by any
+one skilled in the use of tools. In chemistry, the simplicity of the
+apparatus, and comparative cheapness of ordinary chemicals, make the use
+of a large number of beautiful and instructive experiments both easy and
+cheap.
+
+A nation is what its trades and manufactures--its inventions and
+discoveries--make it; and these depend on its trained scientific men.
+Boys become men. Their growing minds are waiting for what I urge you
+to offer. Science has never advanced without carrying practical
+civilization with it--but it has never truly advanced save by the use of
+the experimental method. _And it never will_.
+
+Let us then look forward to the time when our boys and young men--our
+girls and young women--shall extend the boundaries of human knowledge by
+its use, fitted so to do by what we may have done for them.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF THE PACIFIC.
+
+
+This society is a recent organization, the objects of which are to
+encourage geographical exploration and discovery; to investigate and
+disseminate geographical information by discussion, lectures, and
+publications; to establish in this, the chief maritime city of the
+Western States, for the benefit of commerce, navigation, and the
+industrial and material interests of the Pacific slope, a place where
+the means will be afforded of obtaining accurate information not only of
+the countries bordering on the Pacific ocean, but of every part of the
+habitable globe; to accumulate a library of the best books on geography,
+history, and statistics; to make a collection of the most recent maps
+and charts--especially those which relate to the Pacific coast, the
+islands of the Pacific and the Pacific ocean--and to enter into
+correspondence with scientific and learned societies whose objects
+include or sympathize with geography.
+
+The society will publish a bulletin and an annual journal, which will
+interchange with geographical and other societies. Monthly meetings are
+to be held, at which original papers will be read or lectures be
+given; and to which, as well as to the entertainments to distinguished
+travelers, to the conversazioni, and to the informal evenings, the
+fellows of the society will have the privilege of introducing their
+friends. The initiation fee to the society is $10; monthly dues $1; life
+fellowship $100.
+
+At a meeting held at the Palace Hotel on the 12th May, the following
+gentlemen were elected for the ensuing year: President, Geo. Davidson;
+Vice-Presidents, Hon. Ogden Hoffman, Wm. Lane Booker, H.B.M. Consul, and
+John R. Jarboe; Foreign Corresponding Sec., Francis Berton; Home Cor.
+Sec., James P. Cox; Treas., Gen. C. I. Hutchinson; Sec'y, C. Mitchell
+Grant, F.R.G.S. The council is composed of the following: Hon. Joseph W.
+Winans, Hon. J.F. Sullivan, Ralph C. Harrison, A.S. Hallidie, Thos. E.
+Stevin, F.A.G.S., W.W. Crane, Jr., W.J. Shaw, C.P. Murphy, Thos. Brice,
+Edward L.G. Steele, Gerrit L. Lansing, Joseph D. Redding. The Trustees
+are Geo. Davidson, Wm. Lane Booker, Hon. Jno. S. Hager, Geo. Chismore,
+M.D., Selim Franklin.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+THE BEHRING'S STRAITS CURRENTS.
+
+
+It will be remembered that a short time since we mentioned the fact that
+W.H. Dall, of the U. S. Coast Survey, who has passed a number of years
+in Alaskan waters, on Coast Survey duty, denied the existence of any
+branch of the Kuro Shiwo, or Japanese warm stream, in Behring's Straits.
+That is, he failed to find evidence of the existence of any such
+current, although he had made careful observations. At the islands in
+Behring's Straits, his vessel had sailed in opposite directions with ebb
+and flood tide, and he thought the only currents there were tidal in
+their nature. The existence or non-existence of this current is an
+important point in Arctic research on this side of the continent.
+
+At the last meeting of the Academy of Sciences, Prof. Davidson, of the
+U. S. Coast Survey, author of the "Alaska Coast Pilot," refuted Dr.
+Dall's opinion of the non-existence of a branch of the Kuro Shiwo, or
+Japanese warm stream, from the north Pacific into the Arctic Ocean,
+through Behring's Straits. He said that in 1857 he gave to the Academy
+his own observations, and recently he had conferred with Capt. C.L.
+Hooper, who commanded the U. S. steamer Thomas Corwin, employed as a
+revenue steam cruiser in the Arctic and around the coast of Alaska.
+Capt. Hooper confirms the opinions of all previous navigators, every one
+of which, except Dr. Dall, say that a branch of this warm stream passed
+northward into the Arctic through Behring's Strait. It is partly
+deflected by St. Lawrence Island, and closely follows the coast on the
+Alaskan side, while a cold current comes out south, past East Cape
+in Siberia, skirting the Asiatic shore past Kamschatka, and thence
+continues down the coast of China. He said ice often extended several
+miles seaward, from East Cape on the Asiatic side of Behring Strait,
+making what seamen call a false cape, and indicating cold water, while
+no such formation makes off on the American side, where the water is
+12 degrees warmer than on the Asiatic shore off the Diomede islands,
+situated in the middle of Behring's Strait, the current varies in
+intensity according to the wind.
+
+Frequently it is almost nothing for several days, when after a series of
+southerly winds the shallow Arctic basin has been filled, under a heavy
+pressure, with an unusual volume of water, and a sudden change to
+northerly winds, makes even a small current setting southward for a few
+days, just as at times the surface currents set out our Golden Gate
+continuously for 24 and 48 hours, as shown by the United States Coast
+Survey tide gauges. Whalers report that the incoming water then flows
+in, under the temporary outflowing stream.
+
+Old trees, of a variety known to grow in tropical Japan, are floated
+into the Arctic basin as far as past Point Barrow, on the American side,
+but none are found on the Asiatic side, or near Wrangell Land, where a
+cold stream exists, and ice remains late in the season. On the northern
+side of the Aleutian islands are found cocoanut husks and other tropical
+productions stranded along the beaches. The American coast of Alaska
+has a much warmer climate than the Asiatic coast of Siberia, and the
+American timber line extends very far north. The ice opens early in the
+season on the American side, and invariably late on the Asiatic.
+
+Capt. C. L. Hooper says that when just north of Behring's Strait, off
+the American coast, in the Arctic basin, the U.S. steamer Thomas Corwin,
+when becalmed for 24 hours, drifted 40 miles to the northward. From
+all these, and other facts, and the unanimous testimony of American
+whalemen, who have for years spent many months annually in the Arctic,
+and from his own observations, he argued that a branch of the Kuro-Shiwo
+or Japanese warm stream, unquestionably runs northward through Behring's
+Strait into the Arctic basin along the northwestern coast of Alaska.
+
+Prof. Davidson then called to mind the testimony in regard to the
+existence of Plover Island, between Herald Island and Wrangell Land,
+which he said was first made public through this academy. The evidence
+of Capts. Williams and Thomas Long were recited and highly praised. One
+of the officers of Admiral Rodgers' expedition climbed to near the top
+of Herald Island, at a time of great refraction, when probably a false
+horizon existed, and hence did not see Plover Island, although Wrangell
+Land was in sight.
+
+Prof. Davidson thinks all the authorities are against Dr. Dall, who
+attributes the warm current he observed on the American coast to water
+from the Yukon River and to the large expanse of shallow water exposed
+to the sun's rays. As Dall's observations only covered a few days of
+possibly exceptional weather, and the whalers and Captain Hooper's cover
+vastly longer periods, and whalers all say it is a pretty hard thing to
+beat southward through Behring's Strait, owing to the northerly current
+setting into the Arctic, we are forced to the conclusion that Dr.
+Dall has mistaken the exception for the rule, and his conclusions are
+therefore erroneous. When, in 1824, Wrangell went north, he, like
+others, always found broken ice and considerable open water. In 1867,
+when Capt. Thomas Long made his memorable survey of the coast of
+Wrangell Land, the season was an exceptionally open one, and in
+California we had heavy rains, extending into July.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+EXPERIMENTAL GEOLOGY.
+
+ARTIFICIAL PRODUCTION OF CALCAREOUS PISOLITES AND OOLITES.
+
+
+Mr. Stanislas Meunier communicates to _Le Nature_ an account of some
+interesting specimens of globular calcareous matter, resembling
+pisolites or peastones both in appearance and structure, which were
+accidentally formed as follows: The Northern Railway Company, France,
+desiring to purify some calciferous water designed for use in steam
+boilers, hit upon the ingenious expedient of treating it with lime water
+whose concentration was calculated exactly from the amount of lime
+held in the liquid to be purified. The liquids were mixed in a vast
+reservoir, to which they were led by parallel pipes, and by which they
+were given a rapid eddying motion. The transformation of the
+bicarbonate into neutral carbonate of lime being thus effected with
+the accompaniment of a circling motion, the insoluble salt which
+precipitated, instead of being deposited in an amorphous state, hardened
+into globules, the sizes of which were strictly regulated by the
+velocity of the currents. Those that have been formed at one and the
+same operation are uniform, but those formed at different times vary
+greatly--their diameters varying by at least one millimeter to one and
+a half centimeters. The surface of the smaller globules is smooth, but
+that of the larger ones is rough. Even by the naked eye, it may be
+seen that both the large and small globules are formed of regularly
+superposed concentric layers. If an extremely thin section be made
+through one of them it is found that the number of layers is very great
+and that they are remarkably regular (A). By the microscope, it has been
+ascertained that each layer is about 0.007 of a millimeter in thickness.
+
+On observing it under polarized light the calcareous substance is
+discovered to be everywhere crystallized, and this suggests the question
+whether the carbonate has here taken the form of aragonite or of
+calcite. Examination has shown it to be the latter. The density of the
+globules (2.58) is similar to that of ordinary varieties of calcite. It
+is probable that if the operation were to take place under the influence
+of heat, under the conditions above mentioned, aragonite would be
+formed. It is hardly necessary to dwell upon the possible geological
+applications of this mode of forming calcareous oolites and pisolites.
+
+
+ON CRYSTALS OF ANHYDROUS LIME.
+
+Some time ago it was discovered that some limestone, which had been
+submitted for eighteen months to a heat of nearly 1,000 degrees in
+the smelting furnaces of Leroy-Descloges (France), had given rise to
+perfectly crystallized anhydrous lime. Figure C shows three of these
+crystals magnified 300 diameters. It will be noticed that they have a
+striking analogy with grains of common salt. They are, in fact, cubes
+(often imperfect), but do not polarize light, as a substance of the
+first crystalline system should. However, it is rarely the case that the
+crystals do not have _some_ action on light. Most usually, when the two
+Nicol prisms are crossed so as to cause extinction, the crystals present
+the appearance shown at D. That is to say, while the central portion
+is totally inactive there are seen on the margins zones which greatly
+brighten the light.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+A and B.--Calcareous Pisolites and Oolites produced artificially.
+A.--External aspect and section of a Pisolite. B.--Details of internal
+structure as seen by the microscope.
+
+C and D.--Crystals of anhydrous Lime obtained artificially. C.--Crystals
+seen under the microscope in the natural light. D.--Crystals seen under
+the microscope in polarized light.
+
+The phenomenon is explained by the slow carbonization of the anhydrous
+lime under the influence of the air; the external layers passing to the
+state of carbonate of lime or Iceland spar, which, as well known, has
+great influence on polarized light. This transformation, which takes
+place without disturbing the crystalline state, does not lead to any
+general modification of the form of the crystals, and the final product
+of carbonization is a cubic form known in mineralogical language as
+_epigene_. As the molecule of spar is entirely different in form
+from the molecule of lime, the form of the crystal is not absolutely
+preserved, and there are observed on the edges of the epigene crystal
+certain grooves which correspond with a loss of substance. These grooves
+are quite visible, for example, on the crystal to the left in Fig. D.
+
+Up to the present time anhydrous lime has been known only in an
+amorphous state. The experiment which has produced it in the form noted
+above would doubtless give rise to crystallized states of other earthy
+oxides likewise, and even of alkalino-earthy oxides.
+
+
+
+
+COCCIDÆ.
+
+[Footnote: A paper recently read before the California Academy of
+Sciences.]
+
+By DR. H. BEHR.
+
+
+With the exception of Hymenoptera there is no group of insects that
+interfere in so many ways in good and evil with our own interests, as
+that group of Homoptera called Coccidæ.
+
+But while the Hymenoptera command our respect by an intellect that
+approaches the human, the Coccus tribe possesses only the lowest kind of
+instinct, and its females even pass the greater part of their lives in
+a mere vegetation state, without the power of locomotion or perception,
+like a plant, exhibiting only organs of assimilation and reproduction.
+
+But strange to say, these two groups, otherwise so very dissimilar,
+exhibit again a resemblance in their product. Both produce honey and
+wax.
+
+It is true, the honey of this tribe is almost exclusively used by the
+ants. But I have tasted the honey-like secretion of an Australian
+lecanium living; on the leaves of Eucalyptus dumosus; and the manna
+mentioned in Scripture is considered the secretion of Coccus manniparus
+(Ehrenberg) that feeds on a tamarix, and whose product is still used by
+the native tribes round Mount Sinai.
+
+Several species of Coccides are used for the production of wax; many
+more, among which the Cochenill, for dyes.
+
+All these substances can be obtained in other ways, even the Cochenill
+is to a great extent superseded by aniline dyes, but in regard to one
+production, indispensable to a great extent, we are entirely dependent
+on some insects of this family; it is the Shellac, lately also found in
+the desert regions around the Gila and Colorado on the Larrea Mexicana.
+You will remember that excellent treatise on this variety of Shellac,
+written by Professor J.M. Stillman at Berkeley, on its chemical
+peculiarities.
+
+But all these different forms of utility fall very lightly in weight,
+and can not even be counted as an extenuating circumstance, when we
+compare them to the enormous evils brought on farmer and gardener by the
+hosts of those Coccides that visit plantations, hothouses, and orchards.
+
+To combat successfully against these insect-pests we have first to study
+their habits and then adapt to them our remedies, which you will see
+are more effective when well administered than those which we possess
+against insect pests of other classes.
+
+I give here only the outlines of their natural history, peculiarities
+that are common to all, for it would be impossible to go into detail.
+Where there are exceptions of practical importance I will mention them.
+
+In countries with a well defined winter the winged males appear as
+soon as white frosts are no more usual, and copulate with the unwieldy
+limbless female, that looks more like a gall or morbid excrescence, than
+a living animal. Shortly after the young ones are perceptible near the
+withered body of their mother, covered by waxy secretions that look
+somewhat like a feathery down.
+
+These young ones are lively enough, they move about with agility, and
+it is not till high summer that they fasten themselves permanently, and
+lose feet and antennae, organs of locomotion and perception that are no
+more of any use to them. (There is a slight difference in this regard
+between different genera, as for instance, Coccus and Dorthesia retain
+these organs in different degrees of imperfection, Lecanium and
+Aspidiotus losing every trace of them.)
+
+In this limbless, senseless state the females remain fall and winter.
+Toward the end of winter these animated galls begin to swell, and those
+containing males enter the state of the chrysalis, from which the males
+emerge at the beginning of the warm season and fecundate the gall-like
+females, which undergo neither chrysalis state nor any other change, but
+die, or we may call it dissolve into their offspring, for there scarcely
+remains anything of them, except a pruinous kind of down, after having
+given birth to the young ones.
+
+Now we come to the practical deduction from these facts. It is clear
+that the only time when the scalebug can emigrate and infest a new
+tree is the time when it is a larva, that is, when it has the power of
+locomotion. In countries with a pronounced winter this time begins
+much later than with us, but it ends about the same time, that is, the
+beginning of August. I have seen the male of Aspidiotus in February, so
+that the active larva may be expected in March, and the active Lecanium
+Hesperidum I have seen last year, June 27, at Colonel Hooper's ranch in
+Sonoma County. We may safely fix the time of the active scalebug from
+March to August.
+
+Notwithstanding the agility of the young scalebug, the voyage from one
+tree to another, considering the minute size of the traveler, is an
+undertaking but seldom succeeding, but one female bug, if we take
+into account its enormous fertility, is sufficient to cover with its
+grandchildren next year a tree of moderate size.
+
+Besides there is another and much more effective way of transmigration
+by the kind assistance of the ant who colonizes the scalebug as well for
+its wax as it colonizes the Aphis for its honey. Birds on their feathers
+and the gardener himself on his dress contribute to spread them.
+
+But even the ant can not transplant the scalebug when it is once firmly
+fixed by its rostrum.
+
+It is evident, therefore, that the time for the application of
+insecticides is the time when all the scalebugs are fixed, that is about
+the end of July or beginning of August. All previous application will
+clean the tree or plant only for a time, and does not prevent a more or
+less numerous immigration from the neighboring vegetation, especially if
+an ant-hill is not far off.
+
+As to the insecticide, there are to be applied two very effective ones,
+each with its advantages and disadvantages.
+
+1. Petroleum and its different preparations.
+
+2. Lye or soap.
+
+The petroleum is the best disinfectant. It can safely be applied to any
+cutting or stem, as long as it is not planted, but is one of the most
+invidious substances when applied to vegetation in the garden, or
+fields. If effectively applied, it can not be prevented from running
+down the bark of the tree and entering the ground, where every drop
+binds a certain amount of earth to an insoluble substance, in which
+state it remains for ever. With every application the quantity of these
+insoluble compounds is augmented and sterility added.
+
+If I am not mistaken, it was near Antwerp--at least I am certain it was
+in Belgium--where the first experience of this kind is recorded.
+
+In France, preparations of coal tar have been recommended and have
+been lately used in the form of a paint. May be that in this form the
+substance is not so apt to enter into combinations with the soil. At any
+rate, the method is of too recent a date to permit any conclusions about
+the final result of these applications, as the invidious nature of the
+substance produces, by gradual accumulation, its effects, which are not
+perceived until they are irreparable.
+
+2. Lye or soap. The application of these insecticides requires more
+care, and is therefore more troublesome. But instead of attracting
+fertility from the soil, they add to it. In Southern Europe soap
+and water has been for many years the remedy against the Lecanium
+Hesperidum. The method applied by the farmers in Portugal, as described
+to me by Dr. Bleasdale, is perhaps the most perfect one. The Portuguese
+have very well observed that the colonization of scalebugs always begins
+at the lowest end of the trunk and pretend, therefore, that the scalebug
+comes out of the ground. This, of course, is not the case, but may their
+interpretation be an error, they have been practical enough in utilizing
+their observation about the invasion beginning near the roots. They
+knead a ring of clay round the tree, in which ring the soap water runs
+when they wash the tree, and besides, they fill frequently the little
+ditch formed by this ring.
+
+This arrangement of course is only possible in climates of a rainy
+summer.
+
+As it is our object to make our knowledge as available as possible for
+practical purposes, I repeat for the benefit of cultivators the advice,
+without repeating the reasoning:
+
+1. Use the petroleum for disinfecting imported trees and cuttings:
+
+2. Use soap for cleaning trees planted in your orchard.
+
+3. If you must use the petroleum in your garden, use it in August, when
+a single application is sufficient.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+AGRICULTURAL ITEMS.
+
+
+The exportation of dried apples from this country to France has greatly
+increased of late years, and now it is said that a large part of this
+useful product comes back in the shape of Normandy cider and light
+claret.
+
+A.B. Goodsell says in the _New York Tribune_: "Put your hen feed around
+the currants. I did this twice a week during May and June, and not a
+currant worm was seen, while every leaf was eaten off other bushes 150
+feet distant, and not so treated."
+
+Buckwheat may be made profitable upon a piece of rough or newly cleared
+ground: No other crop is so effective in mellowing rough, cloddy land.
+The seed in northern localities should be sown before July 12; otherwise
+early frosts may catch the crops. Grass and clover may sometimes be sown
+successfully with buckwheat.
+
+The London News says: "Of all poultry breeding, the rearing of the goose
+in favorable situations is said to be the least troublesome and most
+profitable. It is not surprising, therefore, that the trade has of late
+years been enormously developed. Geese will live, and, to a certain
+extent, thrive on the coarsest of grasses."
+
+When a cow has a depraved appetite, and chews coarse, indigestible
+things, or licks the ground, it indicates indigestion, and she should
+have some physic. Give one pint and a half of linseed oil, one pound of
+Epsom salts, and afterward give in some bran one ounce of salt and the
+same of ground ginger twice a week.
+
+Asiatic breeds of fowl lay eggs from deep chocolate through every shade
+of coffee color, while the Spanish, Hamburg, and Italian breeds are
+known for the pure white of the eggshell. A cross, however remote, with
+Asiatics, will cause even the last-named breeds to lay an egg slightly
+tinted.
+
+In setting out currant bushes care should be exercised not to place any
+buds under ground, or they will push out as so many suckers. Currants
+are great feeders, and should be highly manured. To destroy the worm,
+steep one table-spoonful of hellebore in a pint of water, and sprinkle
+the bushes. Two or three sprinklings are sufficient for one season.
+
+Mr. Joseph Harris, of Rochester, makes a handy box for protecting melons
+and cucumbers from insect enemies. Take two strips of board of the
+required size, and fasten them together with a piece of muslin, so the
+muslin will form the top and two sides of the box. Then stretch into
+box form by inserting a small strip of wood as a brace between the two
+boards. This makes a good, serviceable box, and, when done with for the
+season, it can be packed into a very small space, by simply removing the
+brace and bringing the two board sides together. As there is no patent
+on the contrivance, anybody can make the boxes for himself.
+
+Mr. C. S. Read recently said before the London Fanners' Club: "American
+agriculturists get up earlier, are better educated, breed their stock
+more scientifically, use more machinery, and generally bring more
+brains to bear upon their work than the English farmer. The practical
+conclusion is, that if farmers in England worked hard, lived frugally,
+were clad as meanly as those of the States, were content to drink filthy
+tea three times a day, read more and hunted less, the majority of them
+may continue to live in the old country."--_N. E. Farmer_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+TIMBER TREES.
+
+
+A paper was read by Sir R. Christison at the last meeting of the
+Edinburgh Botanical Society upon the "Growth of Wood in 1880." In a
+former paper, he said, he endeavored to show that, in the unfavorable
+season of 1879, the growth of wood of all kinds of trees was materially
+less than in the comparatively favorable season of 1878. He had now to
+state results of measurements of the same trees for the recent favorable
+season of 1880. The previous autumn was unfavorable for the ripening of
+young wood, and the trees in an unprepared condition were exposed during
+a great part of December, 1879, to an asperity of climate unprecedented
+in this latitude. This might have led one to expect a falling off in the
+growth of wood, and it appeared, from comparison of measurements, that,
+with very few exceptions, the growth of wood last year was even more
+below the average of favorable years than that of the bad year, 1879.
+Thus, in fifteen leaf-shedding trees of various species, exclusive of
+the oak, the average growth of trunk girth in three successive years
+was: 1878, 8-10ths; 1879, 45-100ths; 1880, 3-10ths and a half. In
+four specimens of the oak tribe, the growth was: 1878, 8-10ths; 1879,
+77-100ths; 1880, 54-100ths. In twenty specimens of the evergreen
+Pinaceae the growth was: 1878, 8-10ths; 1879, 7-10ths; 1880, 6-10ths and
+a half. After giving details in regard to particular trees, Sir Robert
+stated, as general deductions from his observations, that leaf-shedding
+trees, exclusive of the oak, suffered most; that the evergreen Pinaceae
+suffered least; and that there was some power of resistance on the part
+of the oak tribe which was remarkable, the power of resistance of the
+Hungary oak being particularly deserving of attention. In another
+communication on the "extent of the season of growth," Sir Robert
+stated, as the result of observations on five leaf-shedding and five
+evergreen trees, that in the case of the former, even in a fine year,
+the growth of wood was confined very nearly, if not entirely, to the
+months of June, July, and August; while in the case of the latter growth
+commenced a month sooner, terminating, however, about the same time. Mr.
+A. Buchan said it was proposed that the inquiry should be taken up more
+extensively over Scotland.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+MEDICAL USES OF FIGS.--Prof. Bouchut speaks (_Comptes Rendus_) of some
+experiments he has made, going to show that the milky juice of the
+fig-tree possesses a digestive power. He also observed that, when some
+of this preparation was mixed with animal tissue, it preserved it
+it from decay for a long time. This fact, in connection with Prof.
+Billroth's case of cancer of the breast, which was so excessively foul
+smelling that all his deodorizers failed, but which, on applying a
+poultice made of dried figs cooked in milk, the previously unbearable
+odor was entirely done away with, gives an importance to this homely
+remedy not to be denied.--_Medical Press and Circ._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+BLOOD RAIN.
+
+
+The sensibilities of ignorant or superstitious people have at various
+times been alarmed by the different phenomena of so-called blood, ink,
+or sulphur rains. Ehrenberg very patiently collected records of the most
+prominent instances of these, and published them in his treatise on the
+dust of trade winds. Some, it is known, are due to soot; others, to
+pollen of conifers or willows; others, to the production of fungi and
+algae.
+
+Many of the tales of the descent of showers of blood from the clouds
+which are so common in old chronicles, depends, says Mr. Berkeley, the
+mycologist, upon the multitudinous production of infusorial insects or
+some of the lower algae. To this category belongs the phenomenon known
+under the name of "red snow." One of the most peculiar and remarkable
+form, which is apparently virulent only in very hot seasons, is caused
+by the rapid production of little blood-red spots on cooked vegetables
+or decaying fungi, so that provisions which were dressed only the
+previous day are covered with a bright scarlet coat, which sometimes
+penetrates deeply into their substance. This depends upon the growth of
+a little plant which has been referred to the algae, under the name
+of _Palmellae prodigiosa_. The rapidity with which this little plant
+spreads over meat and vegetables is quite astonishing, making them
+appear precisely as if spotted with arterial blood; and what increases
+the illusion is, that there are little detached specks, exactly as if
+they had been squirted from a small artery. The particles of which the
+substance is composed have an active molecular motion, but the morphosis
+of the production has not yet been properly observed. The color of the
+so-called "blood rain" is so beautiful that attempts have been made
+to use it as a dye, and with some success; and could the plant be
+reproduced with any constancy, there seems little doubt that the color
+would stand. On the same paste with the "blood-rain" there have been
+observed white, blue, and yellow spots, which were not distinguishable
+in structure and character.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+TOPICAL MEDICATION IN PHTHISIS.
+
+
+Dr. G.H. Mackenzie reports in the _Lancet_ an acute case of phthisis
+which was successfully treated by him by causing the patient to respire
+as continuously as possible, through a respirator devised for the
+purpose, an antiseptic atmosphere. The result obtained appears to bear
+out the experiments of Schüller of Greifswald, who found that animals
+rendered artificially tuberculous were cured by being made to inhale
+creosote water for lengthened periods. Intermittent spraying or inhaling
+does not produce the same result. In order to insure success the
+application to the lungs must be made _continuously_. For this purpose
+Dr. Mackenzie has used various volatile antiseptics, such as creosote,
+carbolic acid, and thymol. The latter, however, he has discarded
+as being too irritating and inefficient. Carbolic acid seems to be
+absorbed, for it has been detected freely in the urine after it had been
+inhaled; but this does not happen with creosote. As absorption of the
+particular drug employed is not necessary, and therefore not to be
+desired, Dr. Mackenzie now uses creosote only, either pure or dissolved
+in one to three parts of rectified spirits. "Whether," says he, "the
+success so far attained is due to the antidotal action of creosote and
+carbolic acid on a specific tubercular neoplasm, or to their action as
+preventives of septic poisoning from the local center in the lungs,
+it is certain that their continuous, steady use in the manner just
+described has a decidedly curative action in acute phthisis, and is
+therefore, worthy of an extended trial."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ON THE LAW OF AVOGADRO AND AMPERE.
+
+
+The Scientific American Supplement of May 14,1881, contains, under this
+head, Mr. Wm. H. Greene's objections to my demonstration (in No. 270
+of the same paper) of the error of Avogadro's hypothesis. The most
+important part of my argument is based on the evidence afforded by the
+compound cyanogen; and Mr. Greene, directing his attention to this
+subject in the first place, states that because cyanogen combines
+with hydrogen or with chlorine, without diminution of volumes, I have
+concluded that the hypothesis falls to the ground. This statement has
+impressed me with the conviction that Mr. Greene has failed to perceive
+the difficulty which is at the bottom of the question, and I will,
+therefore, present the subject more fully and comprehensively.
+
+The molecule of any elementary body is, on the ground of the hypothesis,
+assumed to be a compound of two atoms, and the molecule of carbon
+consequently C_2=24; that of nitrogen N_2=28. Combination of the two,
+according to the same hypothesis, takes place by substitution; the
+atoms are supposed to be set free and to exchange places, forming a
+new compound different from the original only in this: that each new
+particle contains an atom of each of the two different substances, while
+each original particle consists of two identical atoms. The product is,
+therefore, assumed to be, and can, under the circumstances, be no other
+than particles of the composition CN and weight 26. These particles are
+molecules, according to the definition laid down, just as C_2 and N_2;
+but there is this essential difference, that the specific gravity of
+cyanogen gas, 26, coincides with the molecular weight, while the assumed
+molecular weight, N_2=28, is twice as great as the specific gravity of
+the gas, N=14.
+
+In using the term molecular weight, it is to be remembered that it does
+not express the weight of single molecules, but only their relative
+weight, millions of millions molecules being contained in the unit of
+volume. But on the hypothesis that there is the same number of molecules
+in the same volume of any gas, the specific gravities of gases can be,
+and are, identified with their molecular weights, and, on the ground of
+the hypothesis again, the unit of the numbers which enter into every
+chemical reaction and constitute the molecular weight, is stipulated to
+be that contained in two volumes.
+
+The impossibility of the correctness of the hypothesis is now revealed
+by the fact just demonstrated, that in the case of nitrogen the specific
+gravity does not coincide with the molecular weight. If equal volumes
+contain the same number of molecules, the specific gravities and the
+molecular weights must be the same; and if the specific gravities and
+molecular weights are not the same, equal volumes cannot contain the
+same number of molecules. The assumed molecular weight of nitrogen is
+twice as great as the specific gravity, but the molecular weight and
+the specific gravity of cyanogen are identical; the number of molecules
+contained in one volume of cyanogen must, therefore, necessarily be
+twice as great as the number contained in one of nitrogen, and this is
+fully and completely borne out by the chemical facts.
+
+In saying that when cyanogen combines with chlorine there is naturally
+no condensation, Mr. Greene has no idea that this natural law is fatal
+to his artificial law of Avogadro and Ampere; "for," continues he, "the
+theory is fulfilled by the actual reaction." It is not. The theory
+requires two vols. of cyanogen and two vols. of chlorine, that is, the
+unit of numbers, to enter into reaction and to produce two vols. of
+the compound. But they produce four vols., and the non-condensation is
+therefore in opposition to the theory. It is true beyond doubt that the
+molecular weight of cyanogen chloride is contained in two volumes, in
+spite of the hypothesis, not on the ground of it; two vols. + two vols.,
+producing four vols.; two vols. could, theoretically, contain only half
+the unit of numbers, and there seems to be no escape from the following
+general conclusions:
+
+1. Two vols. of CNCl, representing the unit of numbers, the constituent
+weights, C=12, N=14, Cl=35.5, must each, likewise, represent the same
+number; the molecular weight is, therefore, contained in one vol. of N
+or Cl, but in two of CNCl and equal numbers are not contained in equal
+volumes.
+
+2. The weights N=14, Cl=35.5 occupy in the free state one volume, but
+in the combination, CNCl, two volumes; their specific gravity is,
+therefore, by chemical action reduced to one half. The fact thus
+elicited of the variability and variation of the specific gravity is of
+fundamental importance and involves the irrelevancy of the mathematical
+demonstration of the hypothesis. In this demonstration the specific
+gravity is assumed to be constant, and this assumption not holding good,
+and the number of molecules in unit of volume being reduced to one half
+when the specific gravity is reduced to the same extent by chemical
+action, it is obvious that the mathematical proof must fail. Mr. Greene
+states that I have proceeded to demolish C. Clerk Maxwell's conclusion
+from mathematical reasoning. This is incorrect; I have found no fault
+with the conclusion of the celebrated mathematician, and consider his
+reasoning unimpeachable. I am also of opinion that he is entitled to
+great credit and respect for the prominent part he has taken in the
+development of the kinetic theory, and further think that it was for
+the chemists to produce the fact of the variability of the specific
+gravities, which they would probably not have failed to do but for the
+prevalence of Avogadro's hypothesis, which is virtually the assertion of
+the constancy of the specific gravities.
+
+3. The unit of numbers being represented by Cl=35.5, it is likewise
+represented by H=1, and as the product of the union of the two elements
+is HCl, 36.5 = two vols., combination takes place by addition and not by
+substitution; consequently are
+
+4. The elementary molecules not compounds of atoms? And the distinction
+between atoms and molecules is an artificial one, not justified by the
+natural facts.
+
+5. Is the molecular weight not in every instance = two volumes?
+
+These conclusions overthrow all the fundamental assumptions on which the
+hypothesis rests, and leave it, in the full meaning of the term, without
+support. Though Mr. Greene states that my arguments are based upon
+entirely erroneous premises, he has not even attempted to invalidate a
+single one of my premises.
+
+As he considers the non-condensation to be natural in the case of
+cyanogen and chlorine, the condensation of two vols. of HCl + two vols.
+of H_3N to two vols. of NH_4Cl ought to appear to him unnatural. He,
+however, contends for it, and tries, on this solitary occasion, to
+strengthen his opinion by authority, though the proof, if it could be
+given, that ammonium chloride at the temperature of volatilization is
+decomposed into its two constituents, would be insufficient to uphold
+the theory.
+
+The ground on which Mr. Greene assumes a partial decomposition at 350°
+C. is the slight excess of the observed density (14.43) over that
+corresponding to four vols. (13.375). There is, however, a similar
+slight excess in the case of the vapor of ammonium cyanide, the same
+values being respectively 11.4 and 11; and as this compound is volatile
+at 100° C and, at the same time, is capable to exist at a very high
+temperature, being formed by the union of carbon with ammonia, nobody
+has ever, as far as I am aware, maintained that it is completely or
+partially decomposed at volatilization. The excess of weight not being
+due, therefore, to such cause in this case, it cannot be due to it in
+the other.
+
+The question being whether the molecular weight of ammonium chloride
+is two vols. or four vols., an idea of the magnitude of the assumed
+decomposition is conveyed by the proportion of the volume of the
+decomposed salt to the volume of the non-decomposed, and Mr. Greene's
+quotation of the percentage of weight is irrelevant and misleading, and
+his number not even correct. A mixture containing
+
+ 1.055 vols. of spec. gr. 26.75 = 28.22 and
+ 12.32 " " " " 13.375 = 164.78
+ ------ ------
+ 13.375 " 193
+
+has the spec. gr. 193 / 13.375 = 14.43. The proportion in one vol. of
+the undecomposed to the decomposed salt is, therefore, as 1 to 11.68 and
+the percentage of volume of the former 0.0789, and that of weight 28.22
+/ 193 = 0.146, and not 0.16.
+
+It is not easy to imagine why a small fraction of the heavy molecules
+should be volatilized undecomposed, the temperature being sufficient
+to decompose the great bulk. Marignac assumes, indeed, partial
+decomposition, but the difficulties which he encountered in making the
+experiments, on the results of which his opinion rests, were so great
+that he himself accords to the numbers obtained by him only the value of
+a rough approximation.
+
+The heat absorbed in volatilization will comprise the heat of
+combination as well as of aggregation, if decomposition takes place, and
+will therefore be the same as that set free at combination. Favre and
+Silbermann found this to be 743.5 at ordinary temperature, from which
+Marignac concludes that it would be 715 for the temperature 350°; he
+found as the heat of volatilization 706, but considers the probable
+exact value to be between 617 and 818.[1]
+
+[Footnote 1: See _Comptes Rendus_, t. lxvii., p. 877.]
+
+An uncertainty within so wide a range does not justify the confidence
+of Mr. Greene which he expresses in these words: "It is, therefore,
+extremely probable that ammonium chloride is almost entirely
+dissociated, even at the temperature of volatilization." By Boettinger's
+apparatus a decomposition may possibly have been demonstrated, but it
+remains to be seen whether it is not due to some special cause.
+
+When Mr. Greene says that the relations between the physical properties
+of solids and liquids and their molecular composition can in no
+manner affect the laws of gases, nobody is likely to dissent; but the
+conclusion that their discussion is foreign to the question of the
+number of molecules in unit of volume does by no means follow. If the
+specific gravity of a solid or the weight of unit of volume represents
+a certain number of molecules, and is found to occupy two volumes in a
+compound of the solid with another solid, the number of molecules in one
+volume is reduced to one half. This I have shown to be the case in a
+number of compounds, and the decrease of the specific gravity with
+increase of the complexity of composition appears to be a general law,
+as may be concluded from the very low specific gravity of the most
+highly organized compounds, for instance the fatty bodies, the molecules
+of which, being composed of very many constituents, are of heavy weight;
+and likewise the compounds which occur in combination with water and
+without it, the simpler compound having invariably a greater specific
+gravity than the one combined with water; for instance:
+
+ BaH_2O_2 sp. gr. 4.495
+ " " + 8H_2O " 1.656
+ S_2H_2O_2 " 3.625
+ " " + 8H_2O " 1.396
+ FeSO_4 " 3.138
+ " + 7H_2O " 1.857
+
+and so in every other case. This is now a recurrence of what takes
+place in gases, and proves the fallacy of the hypothesis; for if these
+compounds could be volatilized the vapor densities would necessarily
+vary in the inverse proportion of the degree of composition.
+
+The reproach that Berthelot has been endeavoring for nearly a quarter of
+a century to hold back the progress of scientific chemistry, is a great
+and unjustifiable misrepresentation of the distinguished chemist
+and member of the Institute of France, who has done so much for
+thermo-chemistry, and the more unfortunate as it seems to serve only the
+purpose of a prelude to the following sentences: "But Mr. Vogel cannot
+claim, as can Mr. Berthelot, any real work or experiment, however
+roughly performed, suggested by the desire to prove the truth of his
+own views. Let him not, then, bring forth old and long since explained
+discrepancies, ... but when he will have discovered new or overlooked
+facts ... chemists will gladly listen." ... Mr. Greene is here no longer
+occupied to investigate whether what I have said concerning Avogadro's
+hypothesis is true or false, but with myself he has become personal, and
+in noticing his remarks my sole object is to contend against an error
+which is much prevalent. If, according to Mr. Greene, the real work of
+science consists in experimenting, and conclusions unsupported by our
+own experiments have no value, it does not appear for what purpose he
+has published his answer to my paper; an experiment of his, settling
+Marignac's uncertain results, would have justified the reliance he
+places on them. The ground he takes is utterly untenable. Experiments
+are necessary to establish facts; without them there could be no
+science, and the highest credit is due to those who perform successfully
+difficult or costly experiments. Experimenting is, however, not the
+aim and object of science, but the means to arrive at the truth; and
+discoveries derived from accumulated and generally accepted facts are
+not the less valuable on account of not having been derived from new and
+special experiment.
+
+It is, further, far from true that the real work of science consists
+in experimenting; mental work is not less required, and the greatest
+results have not been obtained by experimenters, but by the mental labor
+of those who have, from the study of established facts, arrived at
+conclusions which the experimenters had failed to draw. This is
+naturally so, because a great generalization must explain all the facts
+involved, and can be derived only from their study; but the attention
+of the experimenter is necessarily absorbed by the special work he
+undertakes. I refer to the three greatest events in science: the
+discovery of the Copernican system, the three laws of Kepler, and
+Newton's law of gravitation, none of which is due to direct and special
+experimentation. Copernicus was an astronomer, but the discovery of his
+system is due chiefly to his study of the complications of the Ptolemaic
+system. Kepler is a memorable witness of what can be accomplished by
+skillful and persistent mental labor. "His discoveries were secrets
+extorted from nature by the most profound and laborious research." The
+discovery of his third law is said to have occupied him seventeen years.
+Newton's great discovery is likewise the result of mental labor; he was
+enabled to accomplish it by means of the laws of Kepler, the laws of
+falling bodies established by Galileo, and Picard's exact measurement of
+a degree of a meridian.
+
+If, then, mental work is as indispensable as experimental, it is not
+less true that there are men more specially fitted for the one, others
+for the other, and the best interests of science will be served when
+experiments are made by those specially adapted, skillful, and favorably
+situated, and the possibly greatest number of men, able and willing to
+do mental work, engage in extracting from the accumulated treasures of
+experimental science all the results which they are capable to yield.
+Any truth discovered by this means is clear gain, and saves the waste
+of time, labor, and money spent in unnecessary experiment. Mr. Greene's
+zeal for experiment and depreciation of mental work would be in order,
+if ways and means were to be found to render the advancement of science
+as difficult and slow as possible; they are decidedly not in the
+interest of science, and can not have been inspired by a desire for its
+promotion.
+
+As the evidence of the specific heats of the fallacy of Avogadro's
+hypothesis involves lengthy explanations, the subject is reserved for
+another paper.
+
+San Francisco, Cal., May, 1881.
+
+E. VOGEL.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+DYEING REDS WITH ARTIFICIAL ALIZARIN.
+
+By M. MAURICE PRUD'HOMME.
+
+
+Since several years, the methods of madder dyeing have undergone a
+complete revolution, the origin of which we will seek to point out. When
+artificial alizarin, thanks to the beautiful researches of Graebe and
+Liebermann, made its industrial appearance in 1869, it was soon found
+that the commercial product, though yielding beautiful purples, was
+incapable of producing brilliant reds (C. Koechlin). While admitting
+that the new product was identical with the alizarin extracted from
+madder, we were led to conclude that in order to produce fine Turkey
+reds, the coloring matters which accompany alizarin must play an
+important part. This was the idea propounded by Kuhlmann as far back as
+1828 (_Soc. Ind. de Mulhouse_, 49, p. 86). According to the researches
+of MM. Schützenberger and Schiffert, the coloring matters of madder
+are alizarin, purpurin, pseudopurpurin, purpuroxanthin, and an orange
+matter, which M. Rosenstiehl considers identical with hydrated purpurin.
+Subsequently, there have been added to the list an orange body,
+purpuroxantho-carbonic acid of Schunck and Roemer, identical with the
+munjistin found by Stenhouse in the madder of India. It was known
+that purpuroxanthin does not dye; that pseudopurpurin is very easily
+transformed into purpurin, and the uncertainty which was felt concerning
+hydrated purpurin left room merely for the hypothesis that Turkey-red
+is obtained by the concurrent action of alizarin and purpurin. In the
+meantime, the manufacture of artificial alizarin became extended, and a
+compound was sold as "alizarin for reds." It is now known, thanks to the
+researches of Perkin, Schunck, Roemer, Graebe, and Liebermann, that in
+the manufacture of artificial alizarin there are produced three distinct
+coloring matters--alizarin, iso or anthrapurpurin, and flavopurpurin,
+the two latter being isomers of purpurin. We may remark that purpurin
+has not been obtained by direct synthesis. M. de Lalande has produced
+it by the oxidation of alizarin. Alizarin is derived from
+monosulphanthraquinonic acid, on melting with the hydrate of potassa or
+soda. It is a dioxyanthraquinone.
+
+Anthrapurpurin and flavopurpurin are obtained from two isomeric
+disulphanthraquinonic acids, improperly named isoanthraflavic and
+anthraflavic acids, which are converted into anthrapurpurin and
+flavopurpurin by a more profound action of potassa. These two bodies are
+trioxyanthraquinones.
+
+We call to mind that alizarin dyes reds of a violet tone, free from
+yellow; roses with a blue cast and beautiful purples. Anthrapurpurin and
+flavopurpurin differ little from each other, though the shades dyed
+with the latter are more yellow. The reds produced with these coloring
+matters have a very bright yellowish reflection, but the roses are too
+yellow and the purples incline to a dull gray.
+
+Experience with the madder colors shows that a mixture of alizarin and
+purpurin yields the most beautiful roses in the steam style, but it is
+not the same in dyeing, where the roses got with fleur de garance have
+never been equaled.
+
+"Alizarins for reds" all contain more or less of alizarin properly
+so-called, from 1 to 10 per cent., along with anthrapurpurin and
+flavopurpurin. This proportion does not affect the tone of the reds
+obtained further than by preventing them by having too yellow a tone.
+
+The first use of the alizarins for reds was for application of styles,
+that is colors containing at once the mordant and the coloring matter
+and fixed upon the cloth by the action of steam. Good steam-reds were
+easily obtained by using receipts originally designed for extracts of
+madder (mixtures of alizarin and purpurin). On the other hand, the first
+attempts at dyeing red grounds and red pieces were not successful. The
+custom of dyeing up to a brown with fleur and then lightening the shade
+by a succession of soapings and cleanings had much to do with this
+failure. Goods, mordanted with alumina and dyed with alizarin for reds
+up to saturation, never reach the brown tone given by fleur or garancin.
+This tone is due in great part to the presence of fawn colored matters,
+which the cleanings and soapings served to destroy or remove. The same
+operations have also another end--to transform the purpurin into its
+hydrate, which is brighter and more solid. The shade, in a word, loses
+in depth and gains in brightness. With alizarins for reds, the case is
+quite different; they contain no impurities to remove and no bodies
+which may gain brightness in consequence of chemical changes under the
+influence of the clearings and soapings. These have only one result, in
+addition to the formation of a lake of fatty acid, that is to make the
+shades lose in intensity. The method of subjecting reds got up with
+alizarin to the same treatment as madder-reds was faulty.
+
+There appeared next a method of dyeing bases upon different
+principles. The work of M. Schützenberger (1864) speaks of the use of
+sulpho-conjugated fatty acids for the fixation of aniline colors. In
+England, for a number of years, dyed-reds had been padded in soap-baths
+and afterwards steamed to brighten the red. In 1867, Braun and Cordier,
+of Rouen, exhibited Turkey reds dyed in five days. The pieces were
+passed through aluminate of soda at 18° B., then through ammonium
+chloride, washed, dyed with garancin, taken through an oil-bath, dried
+and steamed for an hour, and were finally cleared in the ordinary manner
+for Turkey-reds. The oil-bath was prepared by treating olive-oil with
+nitric acid. This preparation, invented by Hirn, was applied since 1846
+by Braun (Braun and Cordier). Since 1849, Gros, Roman, and Marozeau,
+of Wesserling, printed fine furniture styles by block upon pieces
+previously taken through sulpholeic acid. When the pieces were steamed
+and washed the reds and roses were superior to the old dyed reds and
+roses produced at the cost of many sourings and soapings. Certain makers
+of aniline colors sold mixtures ready prepared for printing which were
+known to contain sulpholeic acids. There was thus an idea in the air
+that sulpholeic acid, under the influence of steam, formed brilliant and
+solid lakes with coloring matters. These facts detract in nothing from
+the merit of M. Horace Koechlin, who combined these scattered data
+into a true discovery. The original process may be summed up under the
+following heads: Printing or padding with an aluminous mordant, which is
+fixed and cleaned in the usual manner; dyeing in alizarin for reds with
+addition of calcium acetate; padding in sulpholeic acid and drying;
+steaming and soaping. The process was next introduced into England,
+whence it returned with the following modifications; in place of
+olive-oil or oleic acid, castor oil was used, as cheaper, and the number
+of operations was reduced. Castor oil, modified by sulphuric acid, can
+be introduced at once into the dye-beck, so that the fixation of the
+coloring matter as the lake of a fatty acid is effected in a single
+operation. The dyeing was then followed by steaming and soaping.
+
+For red on white grounds and for red grounds, a mordant of red liquor at
+5° to 6° B. is printed on, with a little salt of tin or nitro-muriate of
+tin. It is fixed by oxidation at 30° to 35° C., and dunged with cow-dung
+and chalk. The pieces are then dyed with 1 part alizarin for reds at 10
+per cent., ¼ to ½ oil for reds (containing 50 per cent.), 1-6th part
+acetate of lime at 15° B., giving an hour at 70° and half an hour at the
+same heat. Wash, pad in oil (50 to 100 grms. per liter of water), dry on
+the drum, or better, in the hot flue, and steam for three-quarters to an
+hour and a half. The padding in oil is needless, if sufficient oil has
+been used in dyeing, and the pieces may be at once dried and steamed.
+Wash and soap for three-quarters of an hour at 60°. Give a second
+soaping if necessary. If there is no fear of soiling the whites, dye at
+a boil for the last half-hour, which is in part equal to steaming.
+
+Red pieces and yarns may be dyed by the process just given for red
+grounds; or, prepare in neutral red oil, in the proportion of 150 grms.
+per liter of water for pieces and 15 kilos for 100 kilos of yarns. For
+pieces, pad with an ordinary machine with rollers covered with
+calico. Dry the pieces in the drum, and the yarn in the stove. Steam
+three-quarters of an hour at 1½ atmosphere. Mordant in pyrolignite of
+alumina at 10° B., and wash thoroughly. Dye for an hour at 70°, and half
+an hour longer at the same heat, using for 100 kilos of cloth or yarn 20
+kilos alizarin at 10 per cent., 10 kilos acetate of lime at 18° B., and
+5 kilos sulpholeic acid. Steam for an hour. Soap for a longer or shorter
+time, with or without the addition of soda crystals. There may be added
+to the aluminous mordant a little salt of tin to raise the tone. Lastly,
+aluminate of soda may be used as a mordant in place of red liquor or
+sulphate of alumina.
+
+Certain firms employ a so-called continuous process. The pieces are
+passed into a cistern 6 meters long and fitted with rollers. This
+dye-bath contains, from 3 to 5 grms. of alizarin per liter of water, and
+is heated to 98°. The pieces take 5 minutes to traverse this cistern,
+and, owing to the high temperature and the concentration of the dye
+liquor, they come out perfectly dyed. Two pieces may even be passed
+through at once, one above the other. As the dye-bath becomes exhausted,
+it must be recruited from time to time with fresh quantities of
+alizarin. The great advantage of this method is that it economizes not
+merely time but coloring matter.
+
+The quantity of acetate of lime to be employed in dyeing varies with the
+composition of the mordant and with that of the water. Schlumberger has
+shown that Turkey-red contains 4 molecules of alumina to 3 of lime.
+Rosenstiehl has shown that alumina mordants are properly saturated if
+two equivalents of lime are used for each equivalent of alizarin, if the
+dyeing is done without oil. These figures require to be modified when
+the oil is put into the dye beck, as it precipitates the lime. Acetate
+of lime at 15° B., obtained by saturating acetic acid with chalk and
+adding a slight excess of acetic acid, contains about ¼ mol. acetate of
+lime.--_Bulletin de la Société Chimique de Paris._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+THE SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT.
+
+PUBLISHED WEEKLY.
+
+TERMS OF SUBSCRIPTION, $5 A YEAR.
+
+
+Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to subscribers in any part of the United
+States or Canada. Six dollars a year, sent, prepaid, to any foreign
+country.
+
+All the back numbers of THE SUPPLEMENT, from the commencement, January
+1, 1876, can be had. Price, 10 cents each.
+
+All the back volumes of THE SUPPLEMENT can likewise be supplied. Two
+volumes are issued yearly. Price of each volume, $2.50, stitched in
+paper, or $3.50, bound in stiff covers.
+
+COMBINED RATES--One copy of SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN and one copy of
+SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT, one year, postpaid, $7.00.
+
+A liberal discount to booksellers, news agents, and canvassers.
+
+MUNN & CO., PUBLISHERS,
+
+37 PARK ROW, NEW YORK, N. Y.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+PATENTS.
+
+
+In connection with the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, Messrs. MUNN & Co. are
+Solicitors of American and Foreign Patents, have had 35 years'
+experience, and now have the largest establishment in the world. Patents
+are obtained on the best terms.
+
+A special notice is made in the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN of all Inventions
+patented through this Agency, with the name and residence of the
+Patentee. By the immense circulation thus given, public attention is
+directed to the merits of the new patent, and sales or introduction
+often easily effected.
+
+Any person who has made a new discovery or invention can ascertain, free
+of charge, whether a patent can probably be obtained, by writing to MUNN
+& Co.
+
+We also send free our Hand Book about the Patent Laws, Patents, Caveats.
+Trade Marks, their costs, and how procured, with hints for procuring
+advances on inventions. Address
+
+MUNN & CO., 37 PARK ROW, NEW YORK.
+
+Branch Office, cor. F and 7th Sts., Washington, D. C.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Scientific American Supplement, No. 286,
+by Various
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, NO. 286 ***
+
+This file should be named 8028610.txt or 8028610.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, 8028611.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 8028610a.txt
+
+Produced by Olaf Voss, Don Kretz, Juliet Sutherland,
+Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+ 1 1971 July
+ 10 1991 January
+ 100 1994 January
+ 1000 1997 August
+ 1500 1998 October
+ 2000 1999 December
+ 2500 2000 December
+ 3000 2001 November
+ 4000 2001 October/November
+ 6000 2002 December*
+ 9000 2003 November*
+10000 2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word
+ processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/8028610.zip b/old/8028610.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af3cdd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/8028610.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/8028610h.zip b/old/8028610h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96b0032
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/8028610h.zip
Binary files differ